Chapterwise - Topicwise

PHYSICS
 EBD_9090
nd
• Corporate Office : 45, 2 Floor, Maharishi Dayanand Marg, Corner Market,
Malviya Nagar, New Delhi-110017

Tel. : 011-49842349 / 49842350

By : SANJEEV KUMAR JHA

Typeset by Disha DTP Team

DISHA PUBLICATION
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

© Copyright Publisher

No part of this publication may be reproduced in any form without prior permission of the pub-
lisher. The author and the publisher do not take any legal responsibility for any errors or misrep-
resentations that might have crept in. We have tried and made our best efforts to provide accurate
up-to-date information in this book.

For further information about the books from DISHA,

Log on to www.dishapublication.com or email to info@dishapublication.com

(ii)
 Index
NEET Solved Paper 2018 2018- 1-2018-12
1. Physical World, Units and Measurements 1-7

2. Motion in a Straight Line 8-17

3. Motion in a Plane 18-30

4. Laws of Motion 31-42

5. Work, Energy and Power 43-56

6. System of Particles and Rotational Motion 57-73

7. Gravitation 74-85

8. Mechanical Properties of Solids 86-87

9. Mechanical Properties of Fluids 88-90

10. Thermal Properties of Matter 91-100

11. Thermodynamics 101-110

12. Kinetic Theory 111-116

13. Oscillations 117-128

14. Waves 129-144

(iii)
 EBD_9090
15. Electric Charges and Fields 145-152

16. Electrostatic Potential and Capacitance 153-164

17. Current Electricity 165-187

18. Moving Charges and Magnetism 188-205

19. Magnetism and Matter 206-210

20. Electromagnetic Induction 211-217

21. Alternating Current 218-226

22. Electromagnetic Waves 227-231

23. Ray Optics and Optical Instruments 232-247

24. Wave Optics 248-254

25. Dual Nature of Radiation and Matter 255-268

26. Atoms 269-276

27. Nuclei 277-291

28. Semiconductor Electronics : Materials, Devices and

Simple Circuits 292-308

(iv)
 NEET Solved Paper 2018
1. A tuning fork is used to produce resonance in a
glass tube. The length of the air column in this
tube can be adjusted by a variable piston. At
room temperature of 27°C two successive
resonances are produced at 20 cm and 73 cm of
column length. If the frequency of the tuning
fork is 320 Hz, the velocity of sound in air at
27°C is
(1) 330 m/s (2) 339 m/s
(3) 300 m/s (4) 350 m/s
2. An electron falls from rest through a vertical
distance h in a uniform and vertically upward
directed electric field E. The direction of electric
field is now reversed, keeping its magnitude the
same. A proton is allowed to fall from rest in it
through the same vertical distance h. The time
of fall of the electron, in comparison to the time
of fall of the proton is
(1) smaller (2) 5 times greater
(3) equal (4) 10 times greater
3. A pendulum is hung from the roof of a sufficiently
high building and is moving freely to and fro like
a simple harmonic oscillator. The acceleration of
the bob of the pendulum is 20 m/s2 at a distance
of 5 m from the mean position. The time period
of oscillation is
(1) 2p s (2) p s
(3) 1 s (4) 2 s
4. The electrostatic force between the metal plates
of an isolated parallel plate capacitor C having a
charge Q and area A, is
(1) independent of the distance between the
plates
(2) linearly proportional to the distance
between the plates
(3) inversely proportional to the distance
between the plates
(4) proportional to the square root of the
distance between the plates
5. Current sensitivity of a moving coil galvanometer
is 5 div/mA and its voltage sensitivity (angular
deflection per unit voltage applied) is 20 div/V.
The resistance of the galvanometer is
(1) 40 W (2) 25 W
(3) 500 W (4) 250 W
6. A thin diamagnetic rod is placed vertically
between the poles of an electromagnet. When
the current in the electromagnet is switched on,
then the diamagnetic rod is pushed up, out of
the horizontal magnetic field. Hence the rod gains
gravitational potential energy. The work required
to do this comes from
(1) the current source
(2) the magnetic field
(3) the induced electric field due to the
changing magnetic field
(4) the lattice structure of the material of the
rod
7. An inductor 20 mH, a capacitor 100 mF and a
resistor 50W are connected in series across a
source of emf, V = 10 sin 314 t. The power loss in
the circuit is
(1) 0.79 W (2) 0.43 W
(3) 1.13 W (4) 2.74 W
8. A metallic rod of mass per unit length 0.5 kg m–1
is lying horizontally on a smooth inclined plane
which makes an angle of 30°with the horizontal.
The rod is not allowed to slide down by flowing
a current through it when a magnetic field of
induction 0.25 T is acting on it in the vertical
direction. The current flowing in the rod to keep
it stationary is
(1) 7.14 A (2) 5.98 A
(3) 11.32 A (4) 14.76 A
9. A carbon resistor of (47 ± 4.7) kW is to be marked
with rin gs of differen t colours for its
identification. The colour code sequence will be
(1) Violet – Yellow – Orange – Silver
(2) Yellow – Violet – Orange – Silver
(3) Green – Orange – Violet – Gold
(4) Yellow – Green – Violet – Gold
 EBD_9090
2018- 2 PHYSICS
10. A set of 'n' equal resistors, of value 'R' each,are (2) Reflected light is polarised with its electric
connected in series to a battery of emf 'E' and vector perpendicular to the plane of
internal resistance 'R'. The current drawn is I. incidence
Now, the 'n' resistors are connected in parallel to
the same battery. Then the current drawn from æ1ö
(3) i = tan –1 ç ÷
battery becomes 10 I. The value of'n' is èmø
(1) 10 (2) 11
(3) 9 (4) 20 æ1ö
(4) i = sin –1 ç ÷
11. A battery consists of a variable number 'n' of èmø
identical cells (having internal resistance 'r' each)
15. An em wave is propagating in a medium with a
which are connected in series. The terminals of r
the battery are short-circuited and the current I velocity V = Viˆ . The instantaneous oscillating
is measured. Which of the graphs shows the electric field of this em wave is along +y axis.
correct relationship between I and n? Then the direction of oscillating magnetic field
of the em wave will be along
(1) –z direction (2) +z direction
I I (3) –x direction (4) –y direction
16. The refractive index of the material of a prism is
(1) (2)
2 and the angle of the prism is 30°.One of the
O O
n n two refracting surfaces of the prism is made a
mirror inwards, by silver coating. A beam of
monochromatic light entering the prism from the
I I other face will retrace its path (after reflection
(3) (4) from the silvered surface) if its angle of incidence
on the prism is
O O
n n (1) 60° (2) 45°
12. In Young's double slit experiment the separation (3) Zero (4) 30°
d between the slits is 2 mm, the wavelength l of 17. An object is placed at a distance of 40 cm from a
the light used is 5896 Å and distance D between concave mirror of focal length 15 cm.If the object
the screen and slits is100 cm. It is found that the is displaced through a distance of 20 cm towards
angular width of the fringes is 0.20°. To increase the mirror, the displacement of the image will be
the fringe angular width to 0.21° (with same l (1) 30 cm away from the mirror
and D) the separation between the slits needs to (2) 36 cm away from the mirror
be changed to (3) 36 cm towards the mirror
(1) 1.8 mm (2) 1.9 mm (4) 30 cm towards the mirror
(3) 1.7 mm (4) 2.1 mm 18. The magnetic potential energy stored in a certain
13. An astronomical refracting telescope will have inductor is 25 mJ, when the current in the
large angular magnification and high angular inductor is 60 mA. This inductor is of inductance
resolution, when it has an objective lens of (1) 0.138 H (2) 138.88 H
(1) small focal length and large diameter (3) 13.89 H (4) 1.389 H
(2) large focal length and small diameter 19. For a radioactive material, half-life is 10 minutes.
(3) small focal length and small diameter If initially there are 600 number of nuclei, the
(4) large focal length and large diameter time taken (in minutes) for the disintegration of
14. Unpolarised light is incident from air on a plane 450 nuclei is
surface of a material of refractive index 'm'. At a (1) 20 (2) 10
particular angle of incidence 'i', it is found that (3) 15 (4) 30
the reflected and refracted rays are perpendicular 20. The ratio of kinetic energy to the total energy of
to each other. Which of the following options is an electron in a Bohr orbit of the hydrogen atom,
correct for this situation? is
(1) Reflected light is polarised with its electric (1) 1 : 1 (2) 1 : –1
vector parallel to the plane of incidence (3) 1 : –2 (4) 2 : –1
NEET Solved Paper 2018 2018- 3

21. An electron of mass m with an initial velocity (3) IB = 40 mA, IC = 5 mA, b = 125
r
V = V0iˆ (V 0 > 0) enters an electric field (4) IB = 20 mA, IC = 5 mA, b = 250
r 25. In a p-n junction diode, change in temperature
E = – E0iˆ (E0 = constant > 0) at t = 0. If l0 is its due to heating
de-Broglie wavelength initially, then its de- (1) Affects only reverse resistance
Broglie wavelength at time t is (2) Affects only forward resistance
(3) Affects the overall V-I characteristics of
l0 æ eE ö
(1) (2) l0 ç1 + 0 t ÷ p-n junction
æ eE0 ö è mV0 ø (4) Does not affect resistance of p-n junction
ç1 + t÷
è mV0 ø 26. A solid sphere is rotating freely about its
symmetry axis in free space. The radius of the
(3) l0 (4) l0t
sphere is increased keeping its mass
22. When the light of frequency 2n0 (where n0 is
same.Which of the following physical quantities
threshold frequency), is incident on a metalplate,
would remain constant for the sphere?
the maximum velocity of electronsemitted is v1.
(1) Angular velocity
When the frequency of the incident radiation is
(2) Moment of inertia
increased to 5n0, the maximum velocity of
(3) Angular momentum
electrons emitted from the same plate is v2. The
(4) Rotational kinetic energy
ratio of v1 to v2 is
27. The kinetic energies of a planet in an elliptical
(1) 1 : 2 (2) 1 : 4
orbit about the Sun, at positions A, B and C are
(3) 2 : 1 (4) 4 : 1
KA, KB and KC, respectively. AC is the major
23. In the combination of the following gates the
axis and SB is perpendicular to AC at the position
output Y can be written in terms of inputs A and
of the Sun S as shown in the figure. Then
B as
B
A
B A C
Y S

(1) KA < KB < KC (2) KA > KB > KC

(1) A×B (2) A×B+A×B (3) KB > KA > KC (4) KB < KA < KC
(3) A + B (4) A × B + A × B 28. If the mass of the Sun were ten times smaller
24. In the circuit shown in the figure, the input and the universal gravitational constant were
voltage Vi is 20 V, VBE = 0 and VCE = 0. The ten times larger in magnitude, which of the
values of IB, IC and b are given by following is not correct?
(1) Raindrops will fall faster
20 V
(2) Walking on the ground would become more
difficult
Rc 4 kW
(3) ‘g’ on the Earth will not change
C (4) Time period of a simple pendulum on the
RB
Earth would decrease
Vi
500 kW B 29. A solid sphere is in rolling motion. In rolling
E motion a body possesses translational kinetic
energy (Kt) as well as rotational kinetic energy
(Kr) simultaneously. The ratio Kt : (Kt + Kr) for
the sphere is
(1) IB = 40 mA, IC = 10 mA, b = 250 (1) 7 : 10 (2) 5 : 7
(2) IB = 25 mA, IC = 5 mA, b = 200 (3) 2 : 5 (4) 10 : 7
 EBD_9090
2018- 4 PHYSICS
30. A small sphere of radius ‘r’ falls from rest in a V
viscous liquid. As a result, heat is produced
due to viscous force. The rate of production of B
heat when the sphere attains its terminal A
velocity, is proportional to O T
(1) r3 (2) r2 2 2
(3) r 4 (4) r5 (1) (2)
31. A sample of 0.1 g of water at 100°C and normal 5 3
pressure (1.013 × 105 Nm–2) requires 54 cal of 2 1
(3) (4)
heat energy to convert to steam at 100°C. If the 7 3
volume of the steam produced is 167.1 cc, the 36. The fundamental frequency in an open organ
change in internal energy of the sample, is pipe is equal to the third harmonic of a closed
(1) 104.3 J (2) 208.7 J organ pipe. If the length of the closed organ
(3) 84.5 J (4) 42.2 J pipe is 20 cm, the length of the open organ pipe
32. Two wires are made of the same material and is
have the same volume. The first wire has cross- (1) 13.2 cm (2) 8 cm
sectional area A and the second wire has cross- (3) 16 cm (4) 12.5 cm
sectional area 3A. If the length of the first wire 37. The efficiency of an ideal heat engine working
is increased by Dl on applying a force F, how between the freezing point and boiling point of
much force is needed to stretch the second wire water, is
by the same amount? (1) 26.8% (2) 20%
(1) 9 F (2) 6 F (3) 12.5% (4) 6.25%
(3) F (4) 4 F 38. A body initially at rest and sliding along a
33. The power radiated by a black body is P and it frictionless track from a height h (as shown in
radiates maximum energy at wavelength, l0. If the figure) just completes a vertical circle of
the temperature of the black body is now diameter AB = D. The height h is equal to
changed so that it radiates maximum energy at
3
wavelength l0 , the power radiated by it
4 h
becomes nP. The value of n is B

3 4 vL
(1) (2) A
4 3
3
81 256 (1) D (2) D
(3) (4) 2
256 81
34. At what temperature will the rms speed of 5 7
(3) D (4) D
oxygen molecules become just sufficient for 4 5
escaping from the Earth’s atmosphere? 39. Three objects, A : (a solid sphere), B : (a thin
(Given : circular disk) and C : (a circular ring), each have
Mass of oxygen molecule (m) = 2.76 × 10–26 kg the same mass M and radius R. They all spin
Boltzmann’s constant kB = 1.38 × 10–23 JK–1) with the same angular speed w about their own
(1) 2.508 × 104 K (2) 8.360 × 104 K symmetry axes. The amounts of work (W)
4
required to bring them to rest, would satisfy the
(3) 1.254 × 10 K (4) 5.016 × 104 K relation
35. The volume (V) of a monatomic gas varies with (1) WC > WB > WA
its temperature (T), as shown in the graph. The
ratio of work done by the gas, to the heat (2) WA > WB > WC
absorbed by it, when it undergoes a change (3) WA > WC > WB
from state A to state B, is (4) WB > WA > WC
NEET Solved Paper 2018 2018- 5

40. Which one of the following statements is g g

incorrect? (1) a= (2) a =
cosec q sin q
(1) Rolling friction is smaller than sliding (3) a = g tan q (4) a = g cos q
friction. 43. A toy car with charge q moves on a frictionless
(2) Limiting value of static friction is directly horizontal plane surface under the influence of
proportional to normal reaction. r
aruniform electric field E . Due to the force q
(3) Coefficient of sliding friction h as
E , its velocity increases from 0 to 6 m/s in one
dimensions of length.
second duration. At that instant the direction
(4) Frictional force opposes the relative motion.
of the field is reversed. The car continues to
41. A moving block having mass m, collides with
move for two more seconds under the influence
another stationary block having mass 4m. The
of this field. The average velocity and the
lighter block comes to rest after collision. When
average speed of the toy car between 0 to 3
the initial velocity of the lighter block is v, then
seconds are respectively
the value of coefficient of restitution (e) will be
(1) 2 m/s, 4 m/s (2) 1 m/s, 3 m/s
(1) 0.5 (2) 0.25
(3) 1.5 m/s, 3 m/s (4) 1 m/s, 3.5 m/s
(3) 0.4 (4) 0.8 r
42. A block of mass m is placed on a smooth inclined 44. The moment of the force, F = 4iˆ + 5 ˆj – 6kˆ at
wedge ABC of inclination q as shown in the (2, 0, –3), about the point (2, –2, –2), is given by
figure. The wedge is given an acceleration ‘a’ (1) –8iˆ – 4 ˆj – 7kˆ (2) –4iˆ – ˆj – 8kˆ
towards the right. The relation between a and q
for the block to remain stationary on the wedge (3) –7iˆ – 4 ˆj – 8kˆ (4) –7iˆ – 8 ˆj – 4kˆ
is 45. A student measured the diameter of a small steel
ball using a screw gauge of least count 0.001
A
cm. The main scale reading is 5 mm and zero of
m circular scale division coincides with 25
divisions above the reference level. If screw
gauge has a zero error of –0.004 cm, the correct
a
diameter of the ball is
q (1) 0.521 cm (2) 0.525 cm
C B (3) 0.529 cm (4) 0.053 cm

ANSWER KEY
1 2 6 1 11 1 16 2 21 1 26 3 31 2 36 1 41 2
2 1 7 1 12 2 17 2 22 1 27 2 32 1 37 1 42 3
3 2 8 3 13 4 18 3 23 2 28 3 33 4 38 3 43 2
4 1 9 2 14 2 19 1 24 3 29 2 34 2 39 1 44 3
5 4 10 1 15 2 20 2 25 3 30 4 35 1 40 3 45 3
 EBD_9090
2018- 6 PHYSICS

Hints & Solutions

1. (2) Two successive resonance are produced Clearly, F is independent of the distance between
at 20 cm and 73 cm of column length plates.

l 5. (4) Current sensitivity of moving coil

\ = (73 – 20) × 10–2 m galvanometer
2
Þ l = 2 × (73 – 20) × 10–2 NBA
Is = ...(i)
Velocity of sound, v = nl C

= 2 × 320 [73 – 20] × 10–2 Voltage sensitivity of moving coil galvanometer,

= 339.2 ms–1 NBA

Vs = CR ...(ii)
2. (1) As we know, F = qE = ma G

Dividing eqn. (i) by (ii)

qE
Þ a= Resistance of galvanometer
m

1qE 2 Is 5 ´1 5000
h= t RG = = = = 250 W
2m Vs 20 ´10 –3 20
6. (1) Rod gains gravitational potential energy
2hm
\ t= which comes from energy of current source.
qE
7. (1) Power dissipated in an LCR series circuit
i.e., time t µ m as ‘q’ is same for electron and connected to an a.c. source of emf E
proton.
2 2
Erms R Erms R
Since, electron has smaller mass so it will take P = Erms irms cos f = =
smaller time. Z2 æ 1 ö
2
R 2 + ç wL – ÷
3. (2) From question, acceleration, a = 20 m/s2, è Cw ø
and displacement, y = 5m 2
æ 10 ö
|a| = w2y ç ÷ ´ 50
= è 2ø
Þ 20 = w2(5) 2
æ 1 ö
(50) + ç 314 ´ 20 ´10 –3 –
2
–6 ÷
Þ w = 2 rad/s è 314 ´ 100 ´ 10 ø
Time period of pendulum, Solving we get, P = 0.79 W
2p 2p 8. (3) From figure, for equilibrium,
T= = = ps
w 2 °
mg sin 30° = I/B cos 30° s 30
B co
4. (1) Electrostatic force between the metal plates B
mg Il
Þ I= tan 30° 30° IlB
Q2 lB 0°
Fplate = in3
2 Ae 0 0.5 ´ 9.8 gs
m 30°
= = 11.32 A
For isolated capacitor Q = constant 0.25 ´ 3
NEET Solved Paper 2018 2018- 7

9. (2) Colour code for carbon resistor l

12. (2) Angular width =
0 Black d
1 Brown Tolerance : ± 5% Gold l
So, 0.20° =
2mm
2 Red ± 10% Silver
Þ l = 0.20° × 2
3 Orange ± 20% No colour
l
4 Yellow Again, 0.21° =
d
5 Green Now putting the value of l
6 Blue
0.20°´ 2mm
7 Violet d=
0.21°
8 Grey \ d = 1.9 mm
9 White
f0
(47 ± 4.7) kW = 47 × 103 ± 10% 13. (4) For telescope, angular magnification =
fE
\ Yellow - Violet - Orange - Silver So, focal length of objective lens should
10. (1) In series grouping equivalent resistance be large.
Rseries = nR
In parallel grouping equivalent resistance D
Angular resolution = So, D should
R 1.22l
Rparallel = be large.
n
So, objective lens of refracting telescope
E
I= ...(i) should have large focal length (f0) and large
nR + R diameter D for larger angular magnification.
E 14. (2) When reflected light rays and refracted
10 I = R ...(ii) rays are perpendicular, reflected light is polarised
+R with electric field vector perpendicular to the
n plane of incidence.
Dividing eq. (ii) by (i),
Plane polarised
(n + 1) R reflected light
10 = 1
æ ö i
ç + 1÷ R 90°
èn ø
Solving we get, n = 10
m Partial polarised
11. (1) Short circuited current,
refracted light
ne e
I= = Also, tan i = m (i = Brewester angle)
nr r
15. (2) As we know,
r r r
E´B = V
I r
( Ejˆ) ´ ( B) = Viˆ
(Q Electric field vector is along +y axis)
r
O So, B = Bkˆ
n
i.e., direction of magnetic field vector is along
So, I is independent of n and I is constant.
+z direction.
 EBD_9090
2018- 8 PHYSICS
16. (2) For retracing the path, light ray should be 25 ´ 2 ´ 106 ´10 –3
normally incident on silvered face. L= = 13.89 H
3600
A = r + O Þ r = 30° 19. (1) Number of nuclei remaining, N = 600 – 450
30° = 150 after time ‘t’
Applying Snell’s law at point M,
60° N 150 1
M
30° = =
sin i 2 i N0 600 4
=
sin 30° 1
N0
m= N = N0e–lt Þ ln = lt
1 2 N
Þ sin i = 2´
2 1 N0
Þ t= ln
1 l N
or, sin i = i.e., i = 45°
2 2.303 ´ T 1
2 N0
Þ t= log10
f = 15 cm 0.693 N
O 40 cm 2.303 ´10
17. (2) = log10 4
0.693
20. (2) In a Bohr orbit of the hydrogen atom
Kinetic energy,
1 1 1 kze2
using mirror formula, f = v + u k=
1 2rn
1 1 1 1 1 1 – kze2
– = + Þ = +
15 v1 u v1 –15 40 Total energy, E =
2rn
\ v1 = –24 cm So, Kinetic energy : total energy = 1 : –1
When object is displaced by 20 cm towards 21. (1) Initial de-Brogile wavelength
mirror
h
Now, u2 = –20 l0 = ...(i)
mV0
1 1 1 ur
So, = +
f v2 u2 E0
1 1 1 1 1 1 – V0
= – Þ = – F
–15 v2 20 v2 20 15
\ v2 = –60 cm Acceleration of electron
Therefore image shifts away from mirror by eE0
= 60 – 24 = 36 cm a= (Q F = ma = eE0)
m
18. (3) From question energy stored in inductor, Velocity after time ‘t’
U = 25 × 10–3 J
Current, I = 60 mA æ eE0 ö
V = ç V0 + t
è m ÷ø
1 2
Energy stored in inductor U = LI
h h
2 =
So, l =
1 mV æ eE ö
´ L ´ (60 ´ 10–3 )2 m çV0 + 0 t ÷
25 × 10–3 = è m ø
2
NEET Solved Paper 2018 2018- 9

h l0 20 V
= = ...(ii)
é eE ù é eE0 ù
mV0 ê1 + 0 t ú ê1 + tú IC RC = 4 kW
ë mV0 û ë mV0 û
Dividing eqs. (ii) by (i), RB
Vi Vb
Ib 500 kW
l0
de-Broglie wavelength l =
é eE0 ù
ê1 + tú
ë mV0 û
22. (1) Using Einstein’s photoelectric equation,
E = W0 + kmax (20 – 0)
IC = = 5 × 10–3 = 5 mA
When light of frequency, 2n0 is incident 4 ´ 103
on a metal plate, Vi = VBE + IBRB
1 2 or, Vi = 0 + IBRB
h(2n0) = hn0 + mv1
2
Þ 20 = IB × 500 × 103
1 2
hn0 = mv1 ...(i) 20
2 Þ IB = = 40 mA
when light of frequency, 5n0 is incident on a 500 ´ 103
metal plate IC 25 ´ 10 –3
b= = = 125
1 2 Ib 40 ´ 10–6
h(5n0) = hn0 + mv2
2 25. (3) On heating, number of electron-hole pairs
increases, so overall resistance of diode will
1 2
4hn0 = mv2 ...(ii) change.
2
Hence forward biasing and reversed biasing
Dividing eqn. (i) by (ii), both are changed.
1 v12 26. (3) Angular momentum, remains conserved
= until the torque acting on sphere remains zero.
4 v22
tex = 0
v1 1 dL
\ = =0
v2 2 So,
dt
A i.e., angular momentum L = constant.
23. (2) A A× B
B
B 27. (2) Speed of the planet will be maximum when
A Y its distance from the sun is minimum as mvr =
constant.
A×B
B B
Perihelion VC
Y = (A × B + A × B)
A C
24. (3) From question, VBE = = 0, Vi = 20 V S
VA Aphelion
VCE = 0
Point A is perihelion and C is aphelion.
Vb = 0 (earthed)
Clearly, VA > VB > VC
IB = ?, IC = ?, b = ? So, KA > KB > KC
 EBD_9090
2018- 10 PHYSICS
28. (3) If universal gravitational constant becomes From equation (i) & (ii),
ten times, then G¢ = 10 G
æ F ö æ F¢ ö
GM Dl = ç ÷ 3l = ç ÷ l or, F¢ = 9 F
Acceleration due to gravity, g = è AY ø è 3 AY ø
R2 33. (4) From Wien’s law
So, acceleration due to gravity increases.
lmax T = constant
29. (2) In rolling motion, rotational kinetic energy.
i.e., lmax T1 = lmax T2
1 2
1 2
Kt = mv 3l0
2 Þ l0 T = T¢
1 2 1 2 4
And, Kt + Kr = mv + l w
2 2 4
Þ T¢ = T
2 3
1 2 1 æ 2 2 öæ v ö 7
= mv + ç mr ÷ç ÷ = mv 2 Power radiated P µ T4
2 2è5 øè r ø 10
4 4
P2 æ T¢ ö æ 4ö 256
1 2
mv So, P = n = ç ÷ = ç ÷ =
Kt 5 1 èT ø è 3ø 81
\ = 2 =
Kt + Kr 7 7 34. (2) Let at temperature T rms speed of oxygen
mv 2
10 molecules become just sufficient for escaping
30. (4) Power = rate of production of heat = F.V from the Earth’s atmosphere
= 6phr VT × VT = 6phrVT2 Vescape = 11200 m/s
(Q F = 6phVT r stoke’s formula) 3k BT
VT µ r2 Also, Vrms = Vescape = mO2 = 11200 m/s
2 r 2 (r – s) Putting value of KB and mO2 we get,
Q VT = g
9 h
T = 8.360 × 104 K
\ Power µ r5
5
31. (2) Using first law of thermodynamics 35. (1) Gas is monatomic, so Cp = R
equation, 2
Given process is isobaric
DQ = DU + DW
\ dQ = n Cp dT
Þ 54 × 4.18
= DU + 1.013 × 105(167.1 × 10–6 – 0) æ5 ö
Þ dQ = n ç R ÷ dT
(Q DW = PDV) è2 ø
Þ DU = 208.7 J dW = P dV = n RdT

32. (1) Wire 1: F dW nRdT 2

A, 3l \ Required ratio = = =
dQ æ5 ö 5
n ç R ÷ dT
æ F ö è 2 ø
Dl = ç ÷ 3l ...(i)
è AY ø 36. (1) For closed organ pipe, third harmonic
Wire 2: F¢ (2 N – 1)V 3V
3A, l n= = (Q N = 2)
4l 4l
æ F¢ ö For open organ pipe, fundamental
Dl = ç ÷l ...(ii)
è 3 AY ø frequenty
NEET Solved Paper 2018 2018- 11

NV V IRing = MR2
n= = (Q N = 1)
2l 2l ¢ \ WC > WB > WA
3V V
According to question, = 40. (3) Coefficient of friction or sliding friction has
4l 2l ¢ no dimension.
4l 2l 2 ´ 20
Þ l¢ = = = = 13.33 cm f
3´ 2 3 3 f = msN Þ ms = = [M0L0T0]
N
37. (1) Efficiency of ideal heat engine,
v v=0 v=0 v¢
æ T ö
h = ç1 – 2 ÷ 41. (2) m m
è T1 ø 4m 4m
Before Collision After Collision
Sink temperature, T2 = 100°C = 100 + 273 = 373 K
According to law of conservation of linear
Source temperature, T1 = 0°C = 0 + 273 = 273 K momentum,
æ T2 ö v
Percentage efficiency, %h = ç 1– T ÷ ´ 100 mv + 4m × 0 = 4 mv¢ + 0 Þ v¢ =
è 1ø
4
Coefficient of restitution,
æ 273 ö æ 100 ö
= ç 1– ÷ ´100 = ç 373 ÷ ´100 = 26.8% Relative velocity of separation
è 373 ø è ø e=
Relative velocity of approach
38. (3) As track is frictionless, so total mechanical
v
energy will remain constant
4
=
v
1
or, e= = 0.25
h B 4
42. (3) Let the mass of block is m. It will remains
vL stationary if forces acting on it are in equilibrium.
A
i.e., ma cos q = mg sin q Þ a = g tan q
1
i.e., 0 + mgh = mvL 2 + 0 ma cos q
2 ma
q
vL2 mg sin q
Using v2 – u2 = 2gh, h = (Q u = 0)
2g a
mg
For completing the vertical circle, vL ³ 5gR q

5gR 5 5 Here ma = Pseudo force on block, mg = weight.

or, h = = R= D
2g 2 4 t=0 a t = 1 –a t = 2
A B
39. (1) Work done required to bring them rest 43. (2) v = 0 –1
v=0
v = 6 ms
DW = DKE (work-energy theorem) C
t = 3 –1 –a
1 2æ 1 ö v = –6 ms
DW = I w ç DkErot = I w2 ÷
2 è 2 ø v –u 6–0
or, DW µ I (for same w) Acceleration, a = =
t 1
2 1 = 6 ms–2
Isolid sphere = MR 2 , I MR 2
5 Disk =
2
 EBD_9090
2018- 12 PHYSICS
For t = 0 to t = 1 s, Y

1 r
S1 = ´ 6(1) 2 = 3 m ...(i) F
2 r r
A r – r0
For t = 1 s = to t = 2 s, P
r
r0 r
1 2 r
S2 = 6.1 – ´ 6(1) = 3m ...(ii)
2 O X
For t = 2 s to t = 3 s, r r r r
t = (r – r0 ) ´ F
1 r r
2
S3 = 0 – ´ 6(1) = –3 m (iii) r – r0 = (2iˆ + 0 ˆj – 3kˆ) – (2iˆ – 2 ˆj – 2kˆ)
2
Total displacement S = S1 + S2 + S3 = 3 m = 0iˆ + 2 ˆj – kˆ
r
t = (0iˆ + 2 ˆj – kˆ)(4iˆ + 5 ˆj – 6kˆ)
3
Average velocity = = 1 ms–1 iˆ ˆj kˆ
3
r
Total distance travelled = 9 m t= 0 2 –1 = –7iˆ – 4 ˆj – 8kˆ
9 4 5 –6
Average speed = = 3 ms–1 45. (3) Diameter of the ball
3
r r r = MSR + CSR × (least count) – zero error
44. (3) Moment of force, t = r ´ F = 0.5 cm + 25 × 0.001 – (–0.004)
= 0.5 + 0.025 + 0.004 = 0.529 cm
 Chapter

1 Physical World, Units

and Measurements

Topic 1: Units of Physical Quantities 1/ 2

1 e2 1 é e2 ù
1. The density of material in CGS system of units (c) G (d) ê G ú
is 4g/cm3. In a system of units in which unit of c 4pe0 c 2 êë 4pe 0 úû
length is 10 cm and unit of mass is 100 g, the 7. If energy (E), velocity (V) and time (T) are chosen
value of density of material will be [2011M] as the fundamental quantities, the dimensional
(a) 0.4 (b) 40 formula of surface tension will be : [2015]
–1
(a) [EV T ] –2 (b) [EV T ] –2 –2
(c) 400 (d) 0.04
2. The unit of permittivity of free space, eo is [2004] (c) [E–2V–1T–3] (d) [EV–2T–1]
(a) Coulomb2/(Newton-metre)2 8. If dimensions of critical velocity ucof a liquid
(b) Coulomb/Newton-metre flowing through a tube are expressed as
(c) Newton-meter2/Coulomb2 [ hx ry r x ] , where h, r and r are the coefficient
(d) Coulomb2/Newton-meter2
of viscosity of liquid, density of liquid and radius
3. The unit of the Stefan-Boltzmann's constant is
of the tube respectively, then the values of x, y
(a) W/m2K4 (b) W/m2 [2002] and z are given by : [2015 RS]
(c) W/m K 2 (d) W/m2K2
(a) –1, –1, 1 (b) –1, –1, –1
4. In a particular system, the unit of length, mass
and time are chosen to be 10 cm, 10 g and 0.1 s (c) 1, 1, 1 (d) 1, –1, –1
respectively. The unit of force in this system 9. If force (F), velocity (V) and time (T) are taken as
will be equivalent to [1994] fundamental units, then the dimensions of mass
(a) 0.1 N (b) 1 N are : [2014]
(c) 10 N (d) 100 N (a) [F V T– 1] (b) [F V T– 2]
5. If x = at + bt2, where x is the distance travelled (c) [F V– 1 T– 1] (d) [F V– 1 T]
by the body in kilometers while t is the time in 10. The pair of quantities having same dimensions
seconds, then the unit of b is [1989] is [NEET Kar. 2013]
(a) km/s (b) kms
(a) Young’s modulus and energy
(c) km/s2 (d) kms2
(b) impulse and surface tension
Topic 2: Dimensions of Physical Quantities
(c) angular momentum and work
6. A physical quantity of the dimensions of length (d) work and torque
e2
that can be formed out of c, G and is [c is -1
4pe0
velocity of light, G is universal constant of 11. The dimensions of (m 0 Î0 )2 are
gravitation and e is charge] [2017] [2012M, 2011]
é
1/ 2 1/ 2 (a) [L1/2 T–1/2] (b) [L–1 T]
e2 ù 1 é e2 ù
(a) c2 ê G ú (b) ê ú (c) [L T–1] (d) [L–1/2 T1/2]
êë 4pe 0 úû c 2 êë G4pe0 úû
 EBD_9090
2 PHYSICS
1 20. Which one of the following groups have
12. The dimension of e0 E 2 , where e0 is quantities that do not have the same
2
permittivity of free space and E is electric field, dimensions? [2000]
is: [2010] (a) pressure, stress (b) velocity, speed
2 –2 –1 –2 (c) force, impulse (d) work, energy
(a) ML T (b) ML T 21. The dimensional formula for magnetic flux is
(c) ML2 T–1 (d) MLT–1 [1999]
13. If the dimensions of a physical quantity are given (a) [ML2 T -2 A -1 ] (b) [ML3T -2 A -2 ]
by Ma Lb Tc, then the physical quantity will be:
(c) [M 0 L-2 T 2 A -2 ] (d) [ML2 T -1A 2 ]
(a) Velocity if a = 1, b = 0, c = – 1 [2009]
22 The force F on a sphere of radius a moving in a
(b) Acceleration if a = 1, b = 1, c = – 2 medium with velocity v is given by F = 6phav.
(c) Force if a = 0, b = – 1, c = – 2 The dimensions of h are [1997]
(d) Pressure if a = 1, b = – 1, c = – 2 (a) [ML–3] (b) [ML–2]
14. Which two of the following five physical (c) [ML–1] (d) [ML–1T–1]
parameters have the same dimensions? æ a ö q
(A) Energy density [2008] 23. An equation is given as : çè P + 2 ÷ø = b
V V
(B) Refractive index where P = Pressure, V = Volume & q = Absolute
(C) Dielectric constant temperature. If a and b are constants, then
(D) Young’s modulus dimensions of a will be [1996]
(E) Magnetic field (a) [ML5T–2] (b) [M–1L5T2]
(a) (B) and (D) (b) (C) and (E) (c) [ML–5T–1] (d) [ML5T1]
(c) (A) and (D) (d) (A) and (E) 24. Which of the following will have the dimensions
15. Dimensions of resistance in an electrical circuit, of time [1996]
in terms of dimension of mass M, of length L, of R L C
(a) LC (b) (c) (d)
time T and of current I, would be [2007] L R L
(a) ML2 T–2 (b) ML2T –1 I–1 25. Which of the following is a dimensional
(c) ML2T –3 I–2 (d) ML2T–3I–1 constant? [1995]
16. The velocity v of a particle at time t is given by (a) Refractive index
b (b) Poissons ratio
v = at + , where a, b and c are constant.
t+c (c) Relative density
The dimensions of a, b and c are respectively (d) Gravitational constant
[2006] 26. The time dependence of a physical quantity p is
(a) L2, T and LT2 (b) LT2, LT and L given by p = p0 exp (– a t2), where a is a constant
(c) L, LT and T2 (d) LT–2, L and T and t is the time. The constant a [1993]
17. The ratio of the dimension of Planck’s constant (a) is dimensionless
and that of the moment of inertia is the (b) has dimensions T–2
dimension of [2005] (c) has dimensions T2
(a) time (b) frequency (d) has dimensions of p
(c) angular momentum (d) velocity 27. Turpentine oil is flowing through a tube of
18. The dimensions of universal gravitational length l and radius r. The pressure difference
constant are [2004] between the two ends of the tube is p. The
(a) M–2 L2 T–1 (b) M–1 L3 T–2 viscosity of oil is given by

19.
(c) M L2 T–1 (d) M–2 L3 T–2
The dimensions of Planck’s constant are same as h=
(
p r 2 - x2 )
(a) energy [2001] 4vl
where v is the velocity of oil at a distance x from
(b) power the axis of the tube. The dimensions of h are
(c) momentum (a) [M0L0T0] (b) [MLT–1] [1993]
(d) angular momentum (c) [ML T ]2 –2 (d) [ML–1T–1]
Physical World, Units and Measurements 3

28. P represents radiation pressure, c represents 37. If C and R denote capacitance and resistance,
speed of light and S represents radiation energy the dimensional formula of CR is [1988]
striking unit area per sec. The non zero integers (a) [M0L0T1]
x, y, z such that Px Sy cz is dimensionless are (b) [M0L0T0]
[1992] (c) [M0L0T–1]
(a) x = 1, y = 1, z = 1 (b) x = – 1, y = 1, z = 1
(d) not expressible in terms of M,L,T.
(c) x = 1, y = – 1, z = 1 (d) x = 1, y = 1, z = – 1
29. The dimensional formula for permeability µ is Topic 3: Errors in Measurements
given by [1991] 38. In an experiment four quantities a, b, c and d are
(a) MLT –2 A–2 (b) M0L1T measured with percentage error 1%, 2%, 3% and
(c) M0 L2 T–1 A2 (d) None of the above 4% respectively. Quantity P is calculated as
30. According to Newton, the viscous force acting a 3b 2
between liquid layers of area A and velocity follows P = % error in P is : [2013]
cd
DV (a) 10% (b) 7%
gradient DV/DZ is given by F = -h A where
DZ (c) 4% (d) 14%
h is constant called coefficient of viscosity. The
dimensional formula of h is [1990] 39. If the error in the measurement of radius of a
(a) ML–2 T–2 (b) M0L0T 0 sphere is 2%, then the error in the determination
(c) ML2 T–2 (d) ML–1 T–1 of volume of the sphere will be: [2008]
31. The frequency of vibration f of a mass m (a) 4% (b) 6%
suspended from a spring of spring constant k (c) 8% (d) 2%
is given by a relation of the type f = c mx ky, 40. The density of a cube is measured by measuring
where c is a dimensionless constant. The values its mass and length of its sides. If the maximum
of x and y are [1990] error in the measurement of mass and length
1 1 1 1 are 4% and 3% respectively, the maximum error
(a) x = , y = (b) x = - , y = - in the measurement of density will be [1996]
2 2 2 2
1 1 1 1 (a) 7% (b) 9%
(c) x = , y = - (d) x = - , y = (c) 12% (d) 13%
2 2 2 2
32. The dimensional formula of pressure is [1990] 41. The percentage errors in the measurement of
(a) [MLT–2] (b) [ML–1T2] mass and speed are 2% and 3% respectively.
(c) [ML–1T–2] (d) [MLT2] The error in kinetic energy obtained by
33. The dimensional formula of torque is [1989] measuring mass and speed will be [1995]
(a) [ML2T–2] (b) [MLT–2] (a) 12 % (b) 10 %
(c) [ML T ]–1 –2 (d) [ML–2T–2] (c) 8 % (d) 2 %
34. Dimensional formula of self inductance is
42. In a vernier calliper N divisions of vernier scale
[1989]
coincides with (N – 1) divisions of main scale
(a) [MLT –2A–2 ] (b) [ML2T –1A–2 ]
(in which length of one division is 1 mm). The
(c) [ML2T –2A–2 ] (d) [ML2T –2A–1 ]
least count of the instrument should be[1994]
35. Of the following quantities, which one has
dimension different from the remaining three? (a) N (b) N – 1
(a) Energy per unit volume [1989] (c) 1/10 N (d) 1/N – 1
(b) Force per unit area 43. A certain body weighs 22.42 gm and has a
(c) Product of voltage and charge per unit measured volume of 4.7 cc. The possible error
volume in the measurement of mass and volume are
(d) Angular momentum. 0.01 gm and 0.1 cc. Then maximum error in the
36. The dimensional formula for angular momentum density will be [1991]
is [1988] (a) 22 % (b) 2 %
(a) [M0L2T–2] (b) [ML2T–1]
(c) 0.2 % (d) 0.02 %
(c) [MLT–1] (d) [ML2T–2]
 EBD_9090
4 PHYSICS

ANSWER KEY
1 (b) 6 (d) 11 (c) 16 (d) 21 (a) 26 (b) 31 (d) 36 (b) 41 (c)
2 (d) 7 (b) 12 (b) 17 (b) 22 (d) 27 (d) 32 (c) 37 (a) 42 (c)
3 (a) 8 (d) 13 (d) 18 (b) 23 (a) 28 (c) 33 (a) 38 (d) 43 (b)
4 (a) 9 (d) 14 (c) 19 (d) 24 (c) 29 (a) 34 (c) 39 (b)
5 (c) 10 (d) 15 (c) 20 (c) 25 (d) 30 (d) 35 (d) 40 (d)

Hints & Solutions

1. (b) In CGS system, L = [LT–1]x [M–1L3T–2]y[ML3T–2]z
g [L] = [Lx + 3y + 3z M –y + z T–x – 2y – 2z]
d =4 3
cm Comparing both sides
The unit of mass is 100g and unit of length is 10
–y + z = 0 Þ y = z ...(i)
cm, so
x + 3y + 3z = 1 ...(ii)
æ 100g ö æ 4 ö
4ç çè ÷ –x – 4z = 0 (Q y = z) ...(iii)
è 100 ÷ø 100 ø (100g)
density = 3
= 3 3 From (i), (ii) & (iii)
æ 10 ö æ 1 ö (10cm)
çè cm÷ø çè ÷ø
10
1
10 z = y = , x = –2
2
4 100g
= ´ (10)3 · = 40 unit é e2 ù
1/2
100 (10cm) 3 -2
Hence, L = c êG × ú
êë 4pe 0 úû
2. (d) q2
eo = 7. (b) Let surface tension
(r 2 )4 pF
s = Ea Vb Tc
Þ unit of eo is (coulomb)2/ newton-metre2 b
MLT –2 æ Lö
3. (a) E = sAT4 = (ML2 T –2 )a ç ÷ (T)C
L è Tø
E is energy dissipated per second. Equating the dimension of LHS and RHS
E Watt ML0T–2 = MaL2a + b T–2a – b + c
s= 4
= 2 4
AT m K Þ a = 1, 2a + b = 0, –2a – b + c = –2
4. (a) [F] = MLT–2 = (10g) (10 cm) (0.1s)–2
Þ a = 1, b = – 2, c = – 2
= (10–2 kg) (10–1m) (10–1s)–2 = 10–1N.
Hence, the dimensions of surface tension are
5. (c) [x] = [bt2]. Hence [b] = [x /t2] = km/s2. [E V–2 T–2]
6. (d) Let dimensions of length is related as, 8. (d) Applying dimensional method :
z
é e2 ù vc = hxryrz
x y
L = [c] [G] ê ú
êë 4pe 0 úû [M0LT–1] = [ML–1T–1]x [ML–3T0]y [M0LT0]z
Equating powers both sides
e2
= ML3T–2 x + y = 0; –x = –1 \ x = 1
4pe0
Physical World, Units and Measurements 5

1 + y = 0 \ y = –1 MLT -2 L
–x – 3y + z = 1 = . = ML–1T–2.
L2 L
–1 – 3(–1) + z = 1 15. (c) Dimensions of Resistance,
–1 + 3 + z = 1
[V] [ML2 T -3I -1 ]
\ z = –1 R= = = [ML2T–3I–2]
[I] [I]
9. (d) Force = mass × acceleration
Þ [Mass] 16. (d) Dimension of a. t = dimension of velocity
é force ù a . t = LT -1 Þ a = LT -2
=ê
ë acceleration úû Dimension of c = dimension of t
é force ù –1 (two physical quantity of same dimension
= ê ú = [F V T]
ë velocity / time û can only be added)

10. (d) Work = Force × displacement So, dimension of c = T

Torque = Force × force arm b

Dimension of = Dimension of v
= mass × acceleration × length t+c
b
= [M] × [LT–2] × [L] = [M L2T–2] = LT -1 Þ b . T -1 = LT -1 Þ b = L
T+T
1
11. (c) (m0e0)–1/2 = = c : speed of light So, answer is LT–2, L & T
m 0e0
2 pI w
where e0 = permittivity of free space 17. (b) Planck's constant n
=
Moment of inertia I
m0 = permeability of free space
nh
So dimensions are [LT–1] [As = Iw ]
2p
1
12. (b) e0 E 2 represents energy density i.e., 2 pI (2 pf ) æ 4 p 2 ö
2 = =ç . f ÷ = [T -1 ]
nI è n ø
energy per unit volume.

é1 2ù ML2 T -2 18. (b) G M1m1 F r2

Þ ê 2 e0 E ú = = ML-1T -2 F= 2
ÞG=
ë û L3 r M1m2

[MLT –2 ] [MLT -2 ][L2 ]

13. (d) Pressure = = ML–1T –2 \dimension of G is
2
[L ] [M ][M ]
Þ a = 1, b = – 1, c = – 2. = M–1L3T–2

14. (c) [Energy density] =

[ Work done ] 19. (d) We know that E = hn
[ Volume ]
E [ML2 T -2 ]
2
ML T -2 h= = = [ML2 T -1 ]
= = ML-1T -2 n [T -1 ]
L3
Angular momentum = Iw
éF l ù
[Young’s Modulus] = ê ´ ú = [ML2][T–1] = [ML2T–1]
ë A Dl û
 EBD_9090
6 PHYSICS
20. (c) Force has dimension [MLT–2] while impulse p (r 2 - x 2 ) [ML–1T –2 ][L2 ]
has dimension [MLT–1 ], both have different 27. (d) h= =
4vl [LT –1 ][L]
dimensions.
21. (a) Dimension of magnetic flux = [ML–1T –1 ]

= Dimension of voltage × Dimension of time 28. (c) Try out the given alternatives.
When x = 1, y = –1, z = 1
= [ML2T–3A–1] [T] = [ML2T–2A–1]
Pc
work P x S y c z = P1 S -1c1 =
Q Voltage = S
charge
22. (d) F= 6ph av [ML–1T –2 ] [LT –1 ]
= = [M 0 L0 T 0 ]
–2 2 –2 2
F [MLT ] [ML T / L T]
h= = = [ML–1T –1 ]
6p av [L][LT –1 ]
B
29. (a) m= ; [B] = MT–2A–1,
æ a ö Q nI
P+ 2 ÷ = b
èç
23. (a)
V ø V
[n] = L–1, [I] = A
According to the principle of homogeinity
quantity with same dimension can be added or éBù -2 –2
subtracted. ê nI ú = [MLT A ]
ë û
a
Hence, Dimension of P = Dimension of 30. (d) Substitute the dimensional formula of F,
V2 A, DV and DZ on both sides and find that for h.
Force a 31. (d) f = c mx ky;
Þ Dimension of = Dimension of 2
Area V Spring constant k = force/length.
é MLT -2 ù a [M0L0T–1] = [Mx (MT–2)y] =[ Mx + y T–2y]
Þ ê 2
ú = 3 2 Þ a = [M L5 T–2]
êë L úû [L ] 1
Þ x + y = 0, - 2 y = -1 or y =
2
di
24. (c) e = - L .........(1)
dt 1
e = iR .........(2) Therefore, x = –
2
di 32. (c) [Pressure] = [Force] / [Area]
From (1) & (2), iR = - L
dt
\ Dimension of L.H.S. = Dimension of R.H.S. MLT -2
= = ML–1T–2
L L2
[A] R = L [AT–1] Þ =[T]
R
33. (a) t = [Force × distance]
25. (d) A quantity which has dimensions and a
constant value is called dimensional constant. = [MLT–2] [L] = ML2T–2
Therefore, gravitational constant (G) is a æ dt ö W æ T ö
dimensional constant. 34. (c) L = eç ÷ = ç ÷
è dI ø q è I ø
26. (b) In p = p0 exp (–at2), at2 dimensionless
[ML2 T -2 ][T]
\a =
1
=
1
= [T - 2 ]
or, [L] = = ML2T -2 A -2
[AT][A]
t2 T2
Physical World, Units and Measurements 7

35. (d) For angular momentum, the dimensional æ Dm ö

formula is ML2 T –1 . For other three, it is 41. (c) Percentage error in mass ç ´ 100 ÷ = 2
è m ø
ML–1T–2. and percentage error in speed
36. (b) [Angular momentum ] æ Dv ö
çè v ´ 100 ÷ø = 3 .
= [Momentum of inertia] × [Angular velocity]
= ML2 × T–1 Dv 3 Dm 2
Þ = and =
= ML2T–1 v 100 m 100

1
37. (a) CR = [M -1 L-2 T 4 A 2 ][ M1 L2 T -3 A -2 ] Kinetic energy = mv2 µ mv2 .
2

= [T] = [M0 L0 T1 ] \ Error in measurement of kinetic energy

Dm æ Dv ö
= + 2ç ÷
3 2
a b DP Da m è v ø
38. (d) P = , × 100% = 3 × 100%
cd P a By Binomial Function ,
Db Dc Dd æ Dm ö æ Dv ö
+2 × 100% + × 100% + × 100%. Reqd. error = ç + 2´
b c d è m ÷ø çè v ø
÷

= 3 × 1% + 2 × 2% + 3% + 4% = 14%
æ 2 ö æ 3 ö 8
39. (b) Error in the measurement of radius of a =ç ÷ + ç2´ ÷= = 8%
è 100 ø è 100 ø 100
sphere = 2%
\ %age error = 8%.
4 3
Volume of the sphere = pr 42. (c) Least count = 1MSD – 1 VSD
3
Dr æ N -1 ö
\ Error in the volume = 3. = 3 × 2% = 6% = 1MSD – ç MSD
r è N ÷ø

Mass
40. (d) Density = N–1
Volume (Q NVSD =(N – 1)MSD \ 1 VSD = MSD )
N
M Dr DM DL
r= \ = +3 1 1 1 1
L3 r M L = MSD = ´ cm =
N N 10 10N
% error in density = % error in Mass 43. (b) Density, D = M/V
+ 3 (% error in length)
DD DM DV æ 0.01 0.1 ö
= 4 + 3(3) = 13% \ = + =ç + ÷ ´ 100 = 2 %
D M V è 22.42 4.7 ø
 EBD_9090
8 PHYSICS

Chapter

2 Motion in a Straight Line

Topic 1: Distance, Displacement (a) 9 km/h (b) 16 km/h

& Uniform motion (c) 18 km/h (d) 48 km/h
1. Preeti reached the metro station and found that 6. A car moves a distance of 200 m. It covers the
the escalator was not working. She walked up first half of the distance at speed 40 km/h and
the stationary escalator in time t1. On other days, the second half of distance at speed v. The
if she remains stationary on the moving escalator, average speed is 48 km/h. Find the value of v
then the escalator takes her up in time t2. The (a) 56 km/h (b) 60 km/h [1991]
time taken by her to walk up on the moving (c) 50 km/h (d) 48 km/h
escalator will be: [2017] 7. A car covers the first half of the distance between
t1t 2 t1t 2 two places at 40 km/h and other half at 60 km/h.
(a) (b) The average speed of the car is [1990]
t 2 - t1 t 2 + t1
t +t (a) 40 km/h (b) 48 km/h
(c) t1 – t2 (d) 1 2 (c) 50 km/h (d) 60 km/h
2
2. A particle covers half of its total distance with Topic 2: Non-uniform motion
speed v1 and the rest half distance with speed 8. If the velocity of a particle is v = At + Bt2, where
v 2 . Its average speed during the complete A and B are constants, then the distance
journey is [2011M] travelled by it between 1s and 2s is : [2016]
v1v2 2v1v2
(a) (b) v + v 3
v1 + v2 1 2 (a) A + 4B (b) 3A + 7B
2
2v12 v2 2 v1 + v2 3 7 A B
(c) (d) (c) A+ B (d) +
v12 + v2 2 2 2 3 2 3
9. A particle of unit mass undergoes one-
3. A car moves from X to Y with a uniform speed vu dimensional motion such that its velocity varies
and returns to Y with a uniform speed vd. The according to v(x) = bx–2n
average speed for this round trip is [2007] where b and n are constants and x is the position
vd v u of the particle. The acceleration of the particle
(a) v u vd (b)
vd + v u as d function of x, is given by: [2015]
vu + vd 2vd vu (a) –2nb2x–4n–1 (b) –2b2 x–2n+1
(c) (d) . (c) –2nb2 e–4n+1 (d) –2nb2x–2n–1
2 v d + vu
10. The displacement ‘x’ (in meter) of a particle of
4. If a car at rest accelerates uniformly to a speed mass ‘m’ (in kg) moving in one dimension under
of 144 km/h in 20 s, it covers a distance of [1997] the action of a force, is related to time ‘t’ (in sec)
(a) 2880 m (b) 1440 m by t = x + 3 . The displacement of the particle
(c) 400 m (d) 20 m when its velocity is zero, will be
5. A bus travelling the first one third distance at a
[NEET Kar. 2013]
speed of 10 km/h, the next one third at 20 km/h
(a) 2 m (b) 4 m
and the last one-third at 60 km/h. The average
(c) zero (d) 6 m
speed of the bus is [1991]
Motion in a Straight Line 9
r r
11. A particle has initial velocity (2i + 3 j ) and 18.
r r D
acceleration (0.3i + 0.2 j ) . The magnitude of

Distance (s)
velocity after 10 seconds will be : [2012] C
(a) 9 2 units (b) 5 2 units
(c) 5 units (d) 9 units
12. The motion of a particle along a straight line is A
B
described by equation : Time (t)
x = 8 + 12t – t3
where x is in metre and t in second. The A particle shows distance - time curve as given
retardation of the particle when its velocity in this figure. The maximum instantaneous
becomes zero, is : [2012] velocity of the particle is around the point:
(a) 24 ms –2 (b) zero (a) B (b) C [2008]
(c) 6 ms–2 (d) 12 ms–2 (c) D (d) A
13. A body is moving with velocity 30 m/s towards 19. A particle moves in a straight line with a constant
acceleration. It changes its velocity from 10 ms–1
east. After 10 seconds its velocity becomes
to 20 ms–1 while passing through a distance 135 m
40 m/s towards north. The average acceleration
in t second. The value of t is: [2008]
of the body is [2011]
2 2 (a) 10 (b) 1.8
(a) 1 m/s (b) 7 m/s
(c) 12 (d) 9
(c) 7 m/s2 (d) 5 m/s2
20. The position x of a particle with respect to time t
14. A particle has initial velocity (3$i + 4 $j ) and along x-axis is given by x = 9t2 – t3 where x is in
metres and t in second. What will be the position
has acceleration (0.4$i + 0.3 $j ) . It's speed after 10 of this particle when it achieves maximum speed
s is: [2010] along the +ve x direction? [2007]
(a) 7 units (b) (a) 54 m (b) 81 m
7 2 units
(c) 24 m (d) 32 m.
(c) 8.5 units (d) 10 units
21. A particle moving along x-axis has acceleration
15. A particle moves a distance x in time t according
to equation x = (t + 5)–1. The acceleration of f, at time t, given by f = f0 æç 1 - t ö÷ , where f0
particle is proportional to: [2010] è Tø
(a) (velocity) 3/2 (b) (distance) 2 and T are constants. The particle at t = 0 has
(c) (distance)–2 (d) (velocity)2/3 zero velocity. In the time interval between t = 0
16. A particle starts its motion from rest under the and the instant when f = 0, the particle’s velocity
action of a constant force. If the distance (vx) is [2007]
covered in first 10 seconds is S1 and that 1 2
covered in the first 20 seconds is S2, then: (a) fT (b) f0T2
2 0
[2009]
(a) S2 = 3S1 (b) S2 = 4S1 1
(c) fT (d) f0T.
(c) S2 = S1 (d) S2 = 2S1 2 0
17. The distance travelled by a particle starting from 22. A particle moves along a straight line OX. At a
4 time t (in seconds) the distance x (in metres) of
rest and moving with an acceleration ms-2 , in the particle from O is given by x = 40 + 12t – t3.
3
the third second is: [2008] How long would the particle travel before
(a) 6 m (b) 4 m coming to rest? [2006]
(a) 40 m (b) 56 m
10 19
(c) m (d) m (c) 16 m (d) 24 m
3 3
 EBD_9090
10 PHYSICS
23. The displacement x of a particle varies with 29. A particle moves along a straight line such that
time t as x = ae-at + bebt, where a, b, a and b its displacement at any time t is given by
are positive constants. The velocity of the s = (t3 – 6t2 + 3t + 4) metres
particle will [2005] The velocity when the acceleration is zero is
(a) be independent of a and b (a) 3 ms–1 (b) – 12 ms –1 [1994]
(c) 42 ms –2 (d) – 9 ms–1
(b) drop to zero when a = b
(c) go on decreasing with time 30. A body starts from rest, what is the ratio of the
(d) go on increasing with time distance travelled by the body during the 4th
24. The displacement of a particle is represented by and 3rd seconds ? [1993]
the following equation : s = 3t 3 + 7 t 2 + 5t + 8 7 5
(a) (b)
where s is in metre and t in second. The 5 7
acceleration of the particle at t = 1s is [2000] 7 3
(c) (d)
(a) 14 m/s2 (b) 18 m/s2 3 7
(c) 32 m/s2 (d) zero 31. Which of the following curve does not represent
25. A car moving with a speed of 40 km/h can be motion in one dimension? [1992]
stopped by applying brakes at least after 2 m. If v v
the same car is moving with a speed of 80 km/h,
what is the minimum stopping distance?[1998] (a) (b)
(a) 8 m (b) 6 m
(c) 4 m (d) 2 m t t
26. The displacement of a particle varies with time v v
(t) as: s = at2 – bt3. The acceleration of the
particle at any given time (t) will be equal to[1997]
a a
(c) (d)
(a) (b) t t
b 3b
3b 2a 32. A car is moving along a straight road with a
(c) (d) uniform acceleration. It passes through two
a 3b
points P and Q separated by a distance with
27. A car accelerates from rest at a constant rate a
velocity 30 km/h and 40 km/h respectively. The
for some time, after which it decelerates at a
velocity of the car midway between P and Q is
constant rate b and comes to rest. If the total
[1988]
time elapsed is t, then the maximum velocity
acquired by the car is [1994] (a) 33.3 km /h (b) 20 2 km/ h
æ a 2 + b2 ö æ a 2 - b2 ö (c) 25 2 km/h (d) 35 km/h
(a) ç ÷ t (b) ç ab ÷ t
è ab ø è ø Topic 3: Relative Velocity
(a + b) t abt 33. A bus is moving with a speed of 10 ms–1 on a
(c) (d)
ab a +b straight road. A scooterist wishes to overtake
28. The displacement time graph of a moving particle the bus in 100 s. If the bus is at a distance of
is shown below 1 km from the scooterist, with what speed should
S the scooterist chase the bus? [2009]
(a) 40 ms–1 (b) 25 ms–1
DISPLACEMENT

(c) 10 ms–1 (d) 20 ms–1

D
34. A train of 150 metre long is going towards north
C E F direction at a speed of 10 m/s . A parrot flies at
the speed of 5 m/s towards south direction
Time
The instantaneous velocity of the particle is parallel to the railway track. The time taken by
negative at the point [1994] the parrot to cross the train is [1988]
(a) D (b) F (a) 12 sec (b) 8 sec
(c) C (d) E (c) 15 sec (d) 10 sec
Motion in a Straight Line 11

Topic 4: Motion Under Gravity 42. A man throws balls with the same speed
vertically upwards one after the other at an
35. A stone falls freely under gravity. It covers interval of 2 seconds. What should be the speed
distances h1, h2 and h3 in the first 5 seconds, of the throw so that more than two balls are in
the next 5 seconds and the next 5 seconds the sky at any time? [Given g = 9.8 m/s2] [2003]
respectively. The relation between h 1, h2 and (a) Only with speed 19.6 m/s
h3 is [2013] (b) More than 19.6 m/s
h2 h3 (c) At least 9.8 m/s
(a) h1 = =
3 5 (d) Any speed less than 19.6 m/s
(b) h2 = 3h 1 and h3 = 3h2 43. If a ball is thrown vertically upwards with a
(c) h1 = h2 = h3 velocity of 40 m/s, then velocity of the ball after
(d) h1 = 2h 2 = 3h 3 two seconds will be (g = 10 m/s2) [1996]
36. A boy standing at the top of a tower of 20m (a) 15 m/s (b) 20 m/s
height drops a stone. Assuming g = 10 ms–2, the (c) 25 m/s (d) 28 m/s
velocity with which it hits the ground is [2011] 44. A body is thrown vertically upward from the
(a) 10.0 m/s (b) 20.0 m/s ground. It reaches a maximum height of 20 m in 5
(c) 40.0 m/s (d) 5.0 m/s sec. After what time, it will reach the ground
37. A ball is dropped from a high rise platform at from its maximum height position? [1995]
t = 0 starting from rest. After 6 seconds another (a) 2.5 sec (b) 5 sec
ball is thrown downwards from the same platform (c) 10 sec (d) 25 sec
with a speed v. The two balls meet at t = 18s. 45. A stone released with zero velocity from the top
What is the value of v? [2010] of a tower, reaches the ground in 4 sec. The
(take g = 10 m/s2) height of the tower is (g = 10m / s 2 ) [1995]
(a) 75 m/s (b) 55 m/s (a) 20 m (b) 40 m
(c) 40 m/s (d) 60 m/s (c) 80 m (d) 160 m
38. A man of 50 kg mass is standing in a gravity free 46. Three different objects of masses m1, m2 and m3
space at a height of 10 m above the floor. He are allowed to fall from rest and from the same
throws a stone of 0.5 kg mass downwards with point O along three different frictionless paths.
a speed 2 m/s. When the stone reaches the floor, The speeds of the three objects on reaching the
ground will be in the ratio of [1995]
the distance of the man above the floor will be:
(a) m1 : m2 : m3 (b) m1 : 2m2 : 3m3
(a) 9.9 m (b) 10.1 m [2010]
(c) 10 m (d) 20 m 1 1 1
39. Two bodies, A (of mass 1 kg) and B (of mass (c) 1 : 1 : 1 (d) m : m : m
1 2 3
3 kg), are dropped from heights of 16m and 25m, 47. The water drops fall at regular intervals from a
respectively. The ratio of the time taken by them tap 5 m above the ground. The third drop is
to reach the ground is [2006] leaving the tap at an instant when the first drop
(a) 12/5 (b) 5/12 touches the ground. How far above the ground
(c) 4/5 (d) 5/4 is the second drop at that instant ?
40. A ball is thrown vertically upward. It has a (Take g = 10 m/s2) [1995]
speed of 10 m/sec when it has reached one (a) 1.25 m (b) 2.50 m
half of its maximum height. How high does (c) 3.75 m (d) 5.00 m
the ball rise? [2005, 2001] 48. A body dropped from top of a tower fall through
Take g = 10 m/s2. 40 m during the last two seconds of its fall. The
(a) 10 m (b) 5 m height of tower is (g = 10 m/s2) [1991]
(c) 15 m (d) 20 m (a) 60 m (b) 45 m
41. If a ball is thrown vertically upwards with speed (c) 80 m (d) 50 m
u, the distance covered during the last t seconds 49. What will be the ratio of the distances moved
of its ascent is [2003] by a freely falling body from rest in 4th and 5th
(a) (u + gt) t (b) ut seconds of journey? [1989]
(a) 4 : 5 (b) 7 : 9
1 2 1 2
(c) gt (d) ut - gt (c) 16 : 25 (d) 1 : 1
2 2
 EBD_9090
12 PHYSICS

ANSWER KEY
1 (b) 7 (b) 13 (d) 19 (d) 25 (a) 31 (b) 37 (a) 43 (b) 49 (b)
2 (b) 8 (c) 14 (b) 20 (a) 26 (b) 32 (c) 38 (b) 44 (b)
3 (d) 9 (a) 15 (a) 21 (c) 27 (d) 33 (d) 39 (c) 45 (c)
4 (c) 10 (c) 16 (b) 22 (b) 28 (d) 34 (d) 40 (a) 46 (c)
5 (c) 11 (b) 17 (c) 23 (d) 29 (d) 35 (a) 41 (c) 47 (c)
6 (b) 12 (d) 18 (b) 24 (c) 30 (a) 36 (b) 42 (b) 48 (b)

Hints & Solutions

d We know that, v = u + at
1. (b) Velocity of preeti w.r.t. elevator v1= 40 = a × 20 Þ a = 2 m/s2
t1
Also, v2 – u2 = 2as
d
Velocity of elevator w.r.t. ground v 2 = then v2 – u 2
t2 Þ s=
velocity of preeti w.r.t. ground 2a
v = v1 + v2
(40) 2 – (0) 2 1600
d d d Þ s= = = 400 m.
= + 2´ 2 4
t t1 t 2
1 1 1 s
= + 5. (c) Average speed =
t t1 t 2 s/3 s/3 s/3
+ +
10 20 60
t1t 2 s
\ t= (time taken by preeti to walk = = 18km / h
(t1 + t 2 ) s / 18
up on the moving escalator)
2. (b) Let the total distance covered by the 6. (b) 200 ´ 10-3
48 =
particle be 2s. Then æ 100 ´ 10-3 ö æ 100 ´ 10 -3 ö
2s 2v1v 2 ç 40 ÷+ç v ÷
v av = è ø è ø
=
s s v 1 + v2
+ 1 1 2 1
v1 v 2 or + = =
40 v 48 24
3. (d) Average speed
1 1 1 2 1
total distance travelled or = - = =
= v 24 40 120 60
total time taken
Let s be the distance from X to Y. or v = 60 km/h
s+s 2s 2v1v2 2 ´ 40 ´ v
\ Average speed = = [Alt : vav = Þ 48 =
t1 + t2 s s v1 + v2 40 + v
+
vu vd km/h]
Þ v = 60
2vu vd
= 7. (b) Total distance = s;
vd + vu
Total time taken
4. (c) Initial velocity of car (u) = 0 s / 2 s / 2 5s s
Final velocity of car (v) = 144 km/hr = 40 m/s = + = =
40 60 240 48
Time taken = 20 s
Motion in a Straight Line 13
V = 0 + 12 – 3t2 = 0
total distance
\ Average speed = 3t2 = 12
total time
t = 2 sec
s
= = 48km / h Now the retardation
s / 48
2v1v2 2 ´ 40 ´ 60 dv
[Alt : vav = v + v = = 48 km/h] a= = 0 – 6t
1 2 40 + 60 dt
8. (c) Given : Velocity a [t = 2] = – 12 m/s2
dx retardation = 12 m/s2
V = At + Bt2 Þ = At + Bt2
dt 13. (d) Average acceleration 40 m/s
By integrating we get distance travelled
x 2 Changein velocity
< a> =
ò ò ( At + Bt ) dt
2 Total Time
Þ dx =
0 1 | 40ˆj - 30iˆ |
Distance travelled by the particle between 1s <a>=
and 2s 10 - 0
30 m/s
x = ( 2 -1 ) + (2 - 1 ) =
A 2 2 B 3 3 3A 7B < a >= 4 + (-3) 2 2
+
2 3 2 3 < a > = 5 m/sec2
9. (a) According to question, r r
14. (b) u = 3$i + 4 $j , a = 0.4$i + 0.3 $j
V (x) = bx–2n
dv Þ ux = 3units, uy = 4 units
So, = – 2 nb x– 2n – 1 ax = 0.4 units, ay = 0.3 units
dx
Acceleration of the particle as function of x, v x = u x + ax ´10 = 3 + 4 = 7 ms–1
\
a=v
dv
dx
{
= bx–2n b (–2n) x
–2n –1
} and v y = 4 + 0.3 ´10 = 4 + 3 = 7 ms–1
= – 2nb2x–4n–1
\ v= v 2x + v 2y = 7 2 ms–1
10. (c) Q t = x +3
1
Þ x = t – 3 Þ x = (t – 3)2 15. (a) x=
t+5
dx dx = -1
v= = 2(t – 3) = 0 \ v=
dt dt (t + 5) 2
Þt=3 d2x 2
\ a= = = 2x3
\ x = (3 – 3)2 dt 2 (t + 5)3
Þ x = 0. 1
1
11. (b) vr = ur + at
r Now
(t + 5)
µ v2

v = (2iˆ + 3 ˆj) + (0.3iˆ + 0.2 ˆj) ´ 10 = 5iˆ + 5 ˆj 3

1
r \ µ v2 µ a
|v|= 52 + 52 (t + 5)3
r 16. (b) u = 0, t1=10s, t2 = 20s
| v |= 5 2 1 2
Using the relation, S = ut + at
12. (d) x = 8 + 12t – t3 2
The final velocity of the particle will be zero, Acceleration being the same in two cases,
because it retarded. 1 1
S1 = a × t12 , S2 = a × t 22
2 2
 EBD_9090
14 PHYSICS
2 2 where C is the constant of integration.
S1 æ t1 ö æ 10 ö 1 At t = 0, v = 0.
\ =ç ÷ =ç ÷ =
S2 è t 2 ø è 20 ø 4
æ 0ö
S2 = 4S1 \ 0 = f0 ç 0 - ÷ + C ÞC =0
è 2T ø
17. (c) Distance travelled in the nth second is
a æ t2 ö
given by t n = u + (2n - 1) \ v = f0 ç t - ÷
2 è 2T ø
4 -2 If f = 0, then
put u = 0, a = ms , n = 3
3 æ tö
4 4 10 0 = f 0 ç1 - ÷ Þ t = T
\ d= 0 + (2 × 3 –1) = ´ 5 = m è Tø
3´ 2 6 3
Hence, particle's velocity in the time interval
ds t = 0 and t = T is given by
18. (b) The slope of the graph is maximum at
dt t =T T
C and hence the instantaneous velocity is é æ t öù
maximum at C. vx = ò dv = ò ê f 0 çè1 - T ÷ø údt
19. (d) Initial velocity, u = 10 ms–1 t =0 t =0 ë û
Final velocity, v = 20 ms–1 T
éæ t2 ö ù
Distance, s = 135 m = f 0 êç t - ÷ ú
Let, acceleration = a êè 2T ø ú
ë û0
Using the formula, v2 = u2 + 2as
æ T2 ö æ Tö
v2 - u 2 = f 0 ç T - ÷ = f0 ç T - ÷ = 1 f T .
a= 2T ø è 2ø 0
2s è 2
22. (b) x = 40 + 12 t – t 3
(20)2 - (10)2 400 - 100
= = dx
2 ´ 135 2 ´ 135 v= = 12 - 3t 2
dt
300 150 10 -2 12
a= = = ms For v = 0; t = = 2 sec
2 ´ 135 135 9 3
Now, using the relation, v = u + at So, after 2 seconds velocity becomes zero.
v - u 20 - 10 10 Value of x in 2 secs = 40 + 12 × 2 – 23
t= = = ´ 9 sec = 9s.
a 10 / 9 10 = 40 + 24 – 8 = 56 m
dx d 23. (d) Given x = ae + bebt
–at
20. (a) Speed v = = (9t 2 - t 3 ) = 18t – 3t2
dt dt dx
Velocity, v = = –aae–at + bbebt
For maximum speed dt
dv aa bt
= 0 Þ 18 - 6t = 0 Þ t = 3 = - at + bbe
dt e
Þ xmax = 81 - 27 = 54 m i.e., go on increasing with time.
24. (c) Displacement
æ tö dv æ tö
21. (c) Here, f = f0 çè1 - ÷ø or, = f 0 ç1 - ÷
è Tø s = 3t3 + 7t2 + 5t +8;
T dt
ds
or, dv = f 0 æç1 - ö÷ dt
t Velocity = = 9t2 + 14t + 5
è Tø dt
é æ t öù d 2s
\ v = ò dv = ò ê f0 ç1 - ÷ údt Acceleration = = 18t + 14
ë è T øû dt 2
æ t2 ö Acceleration at (t = 1s)
or, v = f 0 ç t - ÷ + C
è 2T ø = 18×1+14 = 18 + 14 = 32 m/s2
Motion in a Straight Line 15
25. (a) v2 – u2 = 2as 28. (d) At E, the slope of the curve is negative.
2 2 ds
v -u
Þa= 29. (d) Velocity, v = = 3t 2 – 12t + 3
2s dt
dv
u12 Acceleration, a = = 6t – 12; For a = 0, we
=– , where u1 = 40 km/h dt
2s have, 0 = 6 t – 12 or t = 2s. Hence, at t = 2 s the
For same retarding force s µ u 2 velocity will be
2
s2 u22 s2 æ 80 ö v = 3 ´ 22 –12 ´ 2 + 3 = -9 ms –1
Q = Þ = ç ÷ =4
s1 u12 s1 è 40 ø a
0 + (2 ´ 4 - 1)
D4 2 7
\ s2 = 4s1 = 8m 30. (a) = =
D3 a 5
If F is retarding force and s the stopping 0 + (2 ´ 3 - 1)
2
1 31. (b) In one dimensional motion, the body can
distance, then mv 2 = Fs
2 have at a time one velocity but not two values
of velocities.
For same retarding force, s a v 2
32. (c) Let PQ = x , then
2 2
s æv ö æ 80km/h ö
\ 2 =ç 2÷ =ç =4 402 - 302 350
s1 è v1 ø è 40km/h ÷ø a= = [ Q v2 = u2 + 2as]
2x x
\ s2 = 4s1 = 4 ´ 2 = 8m Also, velocity at mid point is given by
26. (b) s = at2 – bt3 350 x
ds v 2 - 302 = 2 ´ ´
v= = 2at - 3bt 2 x 2
dt
This gives v = 25 2km/h
dv
a= = 2a - 6bt 33. (d) Let v be the relative velocity of scooter
dt
w.r.t bus as v = vS– vB
a
2a - 6bt = 0 Þ t=
3b 1000
v= = 10 ms –1 v B = 10ms –1
100
27. (d) v
A S B
v max \ vS = v + vB,
1 km u =10 ms–1
a b = 10 + 10 = 20 ms–1
\ velocity of scooter = 20 ms–1
A1 B t 34. (d) Relative velocity of parrot w.r.t the train
O t1 t2 t0 = 10 – (–5) = 15 ms–1.
In Fig. Time taken by parrot to cross the train
AA1 = vmax. = at1 = bt2
150
vmax vmax = = 10 s
15
But t = t1 + t2 = +
a b 1 2
35. (a) Q h= gt
æ 1 1ö æ a + bö 2
= vmax ç + ÷ = vmax ç
è a bø è ab ÷ø \ h1 =
1
g(5)2 = 125
2
æ ab ö 1
or, vmax = t ç g(10)2 = 500
è a + b ÷ø
h1 + h2 =
2
 EBD_9090
16 PHYSICS
Þ h2 = 375 39. (c) Let t1 & t2 be the time taken by A and B
1 respectively to reach the ground then from the
h1 + h2 + h3 = g(15)2 = 1125 formula,
2
Þ h3 = 625 1
h = gt 2 ,
h2 = 3h1 , h3 = 5h 1 2
1
h2 h3 For first body, 16 = gt12
or h1 = = 2
3 5
1 2
36. (b) Here, u = 0 For second body, 25 = gt2
2
We have, v2 = u2 + 2gh
Þv= 2gh = 16 t12 t 4
2 ´ 10 ´ 20 = 20 m/s \ = 2 Þ 1 = .
25 t2 t2 5
37. (a) Clearly distance moved by 1st ball in
18s = distance moved by 2nd ball in 12s. 40. (a) For part AB
Now, distance moved in 18 s by 1 st
From 3rd equation of motion
1
ball = ´ 10 ´ 182 = 90 ´ 18 = 1620 m v2 = u2 – 2gH
2
Distance moved in 12 s by 2nd ball v
1
= ut + gt2
2
\ 1620 = 12 v + 5 ´ 144
Þ v = 135 – 60 = 75 ms –1
38. (b) No external force is acting, therefore,
momentum is conserved.
By momentum conservation,
50 u + 0.5 × 2 = 0
where u is the velocity of man. 0 = u2 – 2g(H/2) = u2 – gH
1
u = - ms -1 u 2 10 2
50 H= = = 10m
Negative sign of u shows that man moves g 10
upward. 41. (c) Let body takes T sec to reach maximum
Time taken by the stone to reach the ground height.
10 Then v = u – gT B v=0
= = 5S
2 v = 0, at highest point.
C
u
50 kg T= …(1)
g H

Velocity attained by body

2 ms -1 0.5 kg in (T – t) sec v = u – g (T – t) u

10 m u
= u – gT + gt = u – g + gt A
g
or v = gt …(2)
1 \Distance travelled in last t sec of its ascent
Distance moved by the man = 5 ´ = 0.1m
50 1 2 1 2
\ when the stone reaches the floor, the s = ( gt )t - gt = gt
2 2
distance of the man above floor = 10.1 m
Motion in a Straight Line 17
42. (b) Let the required speed of throw be u ms–1. It means that the third drop leaves after one
Then time taken to reach maximum height, second of the first drop. Or, each drop leaves
after every 0.5 sec.
u Distance covered by the second drop in 0.5 sec
t=
g
1 2 1
For two balls to remain in air at any time, t must = ut + gt = (0 ´ 0.5) + ´ 10 × (0.5)2
be greater than 2. 2 2
= 1.25 m.
u
\ > 2 Þ u > 19.6 m/s Therefore, distance of the second drop above
g the ground = 5 – 1.25 = 3.75 m.
43. (b) Initial velocity (u) = 40 m/s 48. (b) Let the body fall through the height of
Acceleration a = –g m/s2 = –10 m/s2 tower in t seconds. From,
Time = 2 seconds
By Ist equation of motion, a
Dn = u + (2n –1) we have, total distance
v = u + at 2
v = 40 – 10 (2) = 20 m/s travelled in last 2 seconds of fall is
44. (b) hmax = 20 m and t = 5 sec. Time taken by the
D = Dt + D(t -1)
body to reach the ground from some height is
the same as taken to reach that height.
é g ù é g ù
Therefore, time to reach the ground from its = ê0 + (2t - 1)ú + ê 0 + { 2(t - 1) - 1} ú
maximum height is 5 sec. ë 2 û ë 2 û
45. (c) Initial velocity (u) = 0; Time (t) = 4 sec and
gravitational acceleration (g) = 10 m/s2. g g g
= (2t - 1) + (2t - 3) = (4t - 4)
Height of tower 2 2 2
1 2 1 10
h = ut + gt = (0 ´ 4) + ´ 10 ´ (4) 2 . = ´ 4(t - 1)
2 2 2
= 80 m. or, 40 = 20 (t – 1) or t = 2 + 1 = 3s
46. (c) The speed of an object, falling freely due
Distance travelled in t seconds is
to gravity, depends only on its height and not
on its mass. Since the paths are frictionless and 1 2 1
all the objects fall through the same height, s = ut + at = 0 + ´ 10 ´ 32 = 45m
2 2
therefore, their speeds on reaching the ground
will be in the ratio of 1 : 1 : 1. g
(2 ´ 4 - 1)
47. (c) Height of tap = 5m and (g) = 10 m/sec2. x(4) 2 7
= =
1 2 49. (b) x (5) g 9
(2 ´ 5 - 1)
For the first drop, 5 = ut + gt 2
2
1 a
= (0 ´ t ) + ´ 10t 2 = 5t2 or t2 = 1 or t = 1 sec. [QS = u + (2n - 1) and u = 0, a = g ]
n th 2
2
 EBD_9090
18 PHYSICS

Chapter

3 Motion in a Plane

r r
Topic 1: Vectors 5. Six vectors, a through f have the magnitudes
1. If the magnitude of sum of two vectors is equal and directions indicated in the figure. Which of
to the magnitude of difference of the two vectors, the following statements is true? [2010]
the angle between these vectors is : [2016] b
(a) 0° (b) 90° a c
(c) 45° (d) 180°
r d e
2. If vectors A = cos wtiˆ + sin wtjˆ and f
r wt ˆ wt ˆ r r r r r r
B= cos i + sin j are functions of time, (a) b + c = f (b) d + c = f
2 2 r r r r r r
then the value of t at which they are orthogonal (c) d + e = f (d) b + e = f
to each other is : [2015 RS] uur uur
6. A and B are two vectors and q is the angle
p p uur uur uur uur
(a) t= (b) t= between them, if | A ´ B |= 3( A .B ) , the value
2w w
p of q is [2007]
(c) t=0 (d) t= (a) 45° (b) 30°
4w
(c) 90° (d) 60°
3. A particle is moving such that its position uur uur
coordinate (x, y) are 7. The vectors A and B are such that
(2m, 3m) at time t = 0 uur uur uur uur
(6m, 7m) at time t = 2 s and | A + B |=| A - B |
(13m, 14m) at time t = 5s. The angle between the two vectors is
r [2006, 2001, 1996, 1991]
Average velocity vector (Vav ) from t = 0 to
(a) 60° (b) 75°
t = 5s is : [2014] (c) 45° (d) 90°
1 7 ˆ ˆ
(a) (13iˆ + 14j)
ˆ (b) (i + j) 8.
Ù Ù Ù
If a vector 2 i + 3 j + 8 k is perpendicular to the
5 3
11 ˆ ˆ vector 4 ˆj - 4iˆ + akˆ , then the value of a is [2005]
(c) 2(iˆ + ˆj) (d) (i + j)
5 (a) 1/2 (b) –1/2
r r r r r
4. Vectors A, B and C are such that A × B = 0 (c) 1 (d) –1
r r r r r
and A × C = 0. Then the vector parallel to A is 9. If the angle between the vectors A and B is q,
® ® ®
[NEET Kar. 2013] the value of the product ( B ´ A) × A is equal to
r r r r
(a) B and C (b) A ´ B [2005]
r r r r (a) BA2 sinq (b) BA2 cosq
(c) B + C (d) B ´ C
(c) BA2 sinq cosq (d) zero
Motion in a Plane 19
r r r r r r r
10. If | A ´ B |= 3 A.B then the value of | A + B | is 17. Find the torque of a force F = -3î + ĵ + 5 k̂ acting
r
(a) ( A2 + B2 + 3 AB)½ [2004] at the point r = 7î + 3ˆj + k̂ . [1997]

(b) ( A2 + B2 + AB)½ (a) -21iˆ + 3jˆ + 5 kˆ (b) - 14 î + 3ˆj + 16 k̂

½
æ 2 2 AB ö (c) 4 ˆi + 4jˆ + 6 kˆ (d) 14 ˆi - 38jˆ + 16 kˆ
(c) ç A + B + ÷
è 3ø 18. Which of the following is not a vector quantity?
(d) A + B [1996]
11. The vector sum of two forces is perpendicular (a) displacement (b) electric field
to their vector differences. In that case, the (c) work (d) acceleration
forces [2003]
19. Which of the following is not a vector quantity?
(a) cannot be predicted
(a) speed (b) velocity [1995]
(b) are equal to each other
(c) torque (d) displacement
(c) are equal to each other in magnitude
(d) are not equal to each other in magnitude 20. A body constrained to move in y-direction, is
12. The angle between the two vectors subjected to a force given by
r r uur
A = 3iˆ + 4 ˆj + 5kˆ and B = 3iˆ + 4 ˆj - 5kˆ will be F = (–2iˆ + 15 ˆj + 6kˆ) N . What is the workdone
(a) zero (b) 45º [2001, 1994] by this force in moving the body through a
(c) 90º (d) 180º distance of 10m along y-axis ? [1994]
13. A particle moves with a velocity (a) 190 J (b) 160 J
r (c) 150 J (d) 20 J
v = 6iˆ - 4 ˆj + 3kˆ m/s under the influence of a uur
r 21. The resultant of ( A ´ 0 ) will be equal to [1992]
constant force F = 20iˆ + 15 ˆj - 5kˆ N. The (a) zero (b) A
instantaneous power applied to the particle is (c) zero vector (d) unit vector
[2000] uur uur
(a) 45 J/s (b) 35 J/s 22. The angle between A and A is q. The value
(c) 25 J/s (d) 195 J/s uur uur uur
of the triple product A .( B ´ A ) is [1989]
14. What is the linear velocity if angular velocity
(a) A B 2 (b) zero
r
vector w = 3î - 4ˆj + k̂ an d position vector (c) A2B sin q (d) A2B cosq
r uur uur uur
r = 5î - 6ˆj + 6k̂ [1999] 23. The magnitudes of vectors A , B and C are
uur uur uur
(a) 6î + 2 ĵ - 3k̂ (b) - 18î - 13ˆj + 2k̂ 3, 4 and 5 units respectively. If A + B = C ,
uur uur
(c) 18î + 13 ĵ - 2k̂ (d) 6î - 2ˆj + 8k̂ then the angle between A and A is [1988]
15. The angle between two vectors of magnitude (a) p/2 (b) cos–1 0.6
12 and 18 units when their resultant is 24 units, (c) tan–17/5 (d) p/4
is [1999]
(a) 63º 51´ (b) 75º 52´ Topic 2: Motion in a Plane with Constant
acceleration
(c) 82º 31´ (d) 89º 16´
16. If a unit vector is represented by 24. The x and y coordinates of the particle at any
time are x = 5t – 2t2 and y = 10t respectively,
0.5iˆ + 0.8 ˆj + ckˆ , the value of c is [1999]
where x and y are in meters and t in seconds.
(a) 1 (b) 0.11 The acceleration of the particle at t = 2s is
(c) (d) 0.39 (a) 5 m/s2 (b) –4 m/s2 [2017]
0.01 2
(c) –8 m/s (d) 0
 EBD_9090
20 PHYSICS
25. A particle starting from the origin (0, 0) moves in Topic 3: Projectile Motion
the (x, y) plane. Its coordinates at a later time are
31. A projectile is fired from the surface of the earth
( 3, 3) . The path of the particle makes with the with a velocity of 5 ms–1 and angle q with the
x-axis an angle of [2007] horizontal. Another projectile fired from another
(a) 45o (b) 60o planet with a velocity of 3 ms– 1 at the same
(c) 0o (d) 30o angle follows a trajectory which is identical with
26. A particle moves in a plane with constant the trajectory of the projectile fired from the
acceleration in a direction different from the earth. The value of the acceleration due to
initial velocity. The path of the particle is [2005] gravity on the planet is (in ms– 2) given g = 9.8
(a) an ellipse (b) a parabola m/s2 [2014]
(c) an arc of a circle (d) a straight line (a) 3.5 (b) 5.9
27. A body of 3 kg moves in the XY plane under the (c) 16.3 (d) 110.8
action of a force given by 6t iˆ + 4t ˆj . Assuming 32. The velocity of a projectile at the initial point A
that the body is at rest at time t = 0, the velocity
of the body at t = 3s is [2002]
( )
is 2$i + 3$j m/s. It’s velocity (in m/s) at point B
is [2013]
(a) 6iˆ + 6 ˆj (b) 18iˆ + 6 ˆj
(c) 18iˆ + 12 ˆj (d) 12iˆ + 18 ˆj
28. Two particles A and B are connected by a rigid
rod AB. The rod slides along perpendicular
rails as shown here. The velocity of A to the
left is 10 m/s. What is the velocity of B when
angle a = 60º? [1998]
B
(a) -2$i + 3 $j (b) 2$i - 3$j
(c) 2$i + 3$j (d) -2$i - 3 $j
33. The horizontal range and the maximum height of
a projectile are equal. The angle of projection of
a the projectiles is : [2012]
A
(a) 5.8 m/s (b) 9.8 m/s æ 1ö
(a) q = tan–1 çè ÷ø (b) q = tan–1 (4)
(c) 10 m/s (d) 17.3 m/s 4
29. The position vector of a particle is (c) q = tan–1 (2) (d) q = 45°
r 34. A missile is fired for maximum range with an initial
r = (a cos wt )î + (a sin wt ) ĵ. The velocity of the
particle is [1995] velocity of 20 m/s. If g = 10 m/s2, the range of the
(a) directed towards the origin missile is [2011]
(b) directed away from the origin (a) 40 m (b) 50 m
(c) 60 m (d) 20 m
(c) parallel to the position vector
35. A projectile is fired at an angle of 45° with the
(d) perpendicular to the position vector horizontal. Elevation angle of the projectile at
30. A bullet is fired from a gun with a speed of 1000 its highest point as seen from the point of
m/s in order to hit a target 100 m away. At what projection is [2011M]
height above the target should the gun be
-1 æ 1 ö
aimed? (The resistance of air is negligible and (a) 60° (b) tan çè ÷ø
2
g = 10 m/s2) [1995]
-1 æ 3 ö
(c) tan ç (d) 45°
(a) 5 cm (b) 10 cm è 2 ÷ø
(c) 15 cm (d) 20 cm
Motion in a Plane 21

36. A particle of mass m is projected with velocity v (a) Velocity and acceleration both are
making an angle of 45° with the horizontal. When r
perpendicular to r
the particle lands on the level ground the (b) Velocity and acceleration both are parallel
magnitude of the change in its momentum will be: r
to r
[2008] r
(a) 2mv (b) mv / 2 (c) Velocity is perpendicular to r and
acceleration is directed towards the origin
(c) mv 2 (d) zero r
(d) Velocity is perpendicular to r and
37. For angles of projection of a projectile (45° – q) acceleration is directed away from the origin
and (45° + q), the horizontal ranges described 43. A ship A is moving Westwards with a speed of
by the projectile are in the ratio of [2006] 10 km h –1 and a ship B 100 km South of A, is
(a) 1: 3 (b) 1 : 2 moving Northwards with a speed of 10 km h –1.
(c) 2 : 1 (d) 1 : 1 The time after which the distance between them
38. Two projectiles are fired from the same point becomes shortest, is : [2015]
with the same speed at angles of projection 60º
and 30º respectively. Which one of the following (a) 5h (b) 5 2 h
is true? [2000] (c) 10 2 h (d) 0 h
(a) Their maximum height will be same r
44. The position vector of a particle R as a function
(b) Their range will be same
(c) Their landing velocity will be same of time is given by:
r
(d) Their time of flight will be same R = 4sin(2pt)iˆ + 4cos(2pt) ˆj
39. If a body A of mass M is thrown with velocity
v at an angle of 30° to the horizontal and another Where R is in meter, t in seconds and î and ĵ
body B of the same mass is thrown with the denote unit vectors along x-and y-directions,
same speed at an angle of 60° to the horizontal, respectively.
the ratio of horizontal range of A to B will be Which one of the following statements is wrong
(a) 1 : 3 (b) 1 : 1 [1992] for the motion of particle? [2015 RS]
(c) 1 : 3 (d) 3 :1 v2
40. The maximum range of a gun of horizontal terrain (a) Magnitude of acceleration vector is ,
R
is 16 km. If g = 10 ms–2, then muzzle velocity of a where v is the velocity of particle
shell must be [1990] (b) Magnitude of the velocity of particle is 8
(a) 160 ms–1 (b) 200 2 ms –1 meter/second
(c) path of the particle is a circle of radius 4
(c) 400 ms–1 (d) 800 ms–1
meter.
41. Two bodies of same mass are projected with the r
same velocity at an angle 30° and 60° (d) Acceleration vector is along R
respectively. The ratio of their horizontal ranges 45. A particle moves in a circle of radius 5 cm with
will be [1990] constant speed and time period 0.2 ps. The
(a) 1 : 1 (b) 1 : 2 acceleration of the particle is [2011]
(a) 15 m/s2 (b) 25 m/s2
(c) 1: 3 (d) 2: 2 (c) 36 m/s2 (d) 5 m/s2
46. A car runs at a constant speed on a circular track
Topic 4: Relative Velocity in Two of radius 100 m, taking 62.8 seconds in every
Dimensions & Uniform Circular Motion circular loop. The average velocity and average
42. A particle moves so that its position vector is speed for each circular loop respectively, is
r [2006]
given by r = cos wtxˆ + sin wtyˆ . Where w is a
(a) 0, 10 m/s (b) 10 m/s, 10 m/s
constant. Which of the following is true? [2016] (c) 10 m/s, 0 (d) 0, 0
 EBD_9090
22 PHYSICS
47. Two boys are standing at the ends A and B of a (a) 40 p m/s2 (b) 40 m/s2
ground where AB = a. The boy at B starts (c) 640 p m/s 2 (d) 160 p m/s2
running in a direction perpendicular to AB with 52. Two particles of mass M and m are moving in a
velocity v 1 . The boy at A starts running circle of radii R and r. If their time-periods are
simultaneously with velocity v and catches the same, what will be the ratio of their linear
other boy in a time t, where t is [2005] velocities? [2001]
(a) MR : mr (b) M : m
(a) a / v 2 + v12 (b) a /(v + v1)
(c) R : r (d) 1 : 1
(c) a /(v–v1) (d) a 2 /(v 2 - v12 ) 53. A small sphere is attached to a cord and rotates
in a vertical circle about a point O. If the average
48. A stone tied to the end of a string of 1 m long is speed of the sphere is increased, the cord is
whirled in a horizontal circle with a constant most likely to break at the orientation when the
speed. If the stone makes 22 revolutions in 44 mass is at [2000]
seconds, what is the magnitude and direction
of acceleration of the stone? [2005] A
(a) p2 m s–2 and direction along the radius l
m
towards the centre
(b) p2 m s–2 and direction along the radius C D
O
away from the centre
(c) p2 m s–2 and direction along the tangent
B
to the circle
(d) p2/4 m s–2 and direction along the radius (a) bottom point B (b) the point C
towards the centre (c) the point D (d) top point A
49. The circular motion of a particle with constant 54. A boat which has a speed of 5 km/hr in still
speed is [2005] water crosses a river of width 1 km along the
(a) periodic but not simple harmonic shortest possible path in 15 minutes. The
(b) simple harmonic but not periodic velocity of the river water in km/hr is
(c) periodic and simple harmonic [2000, 1998]
(d) neither periodic nor simple harmonic (a) 3 (b) 4
50. A stone is tied to a string of length l and is
whirled in a vertical circle with the other end of (c) 21 (d) 1
the string as the centre. At a certain instant of 55. A stone tied with a string, is rotated in a vertical
time, the stone is at its lowest position and has a circle. The minimum speed with which the string
speed u. The magnitude of the change in velocity has to be rotated [1999]
as it reaches a position where the string is (a) is independent of the mass of the stone
horizontal (g being acceleration due to gravity) (b) is independent of the length of the string
is [2004] (c) decreases with increasing mass of the
(a) 2g l (b) 2(u 2 - g l) stone
(d) decreases with increasing length of the
(c) u2 - g l (d) u - u2 - 2 g l string
56. A person swims in a river aiming to reach exactly
æ 20 ö opposite point on the bank of a river. His speed
51. A particle moves along a circle of radius ç ÷ m
è pø of swimming is 0.5 m/s at an angle 120º with the
with constant tangential acceleration. If the direction of flow of water. The speed of water in
velocity of the particle is 80 m/s at the end of stream is [1999]
the second revolution after motion has begun, (a) 1.0 m/s (b) 0.5 m/s
the tangential acceleration is [2003] (c) 0.25 m/s (d) 0.43 m/s.
Motion in a Plane 23

57. A ball of mass 0.25 kg attached to the end of a (a) its velocity remains constant
string of length 1.96 m is moving in a horizontal (b) no force acts on it
circle. The string will break if the tension is more (c) no work is done on it
than 25 N. What is the maximum speed with which
(d) no acceleration is produced in it
the ball can be moved? [1998]
(a) 14 m/s (b) 3 m/s 60. A boat is sent across a river with a velocity of 8
(c) 5 m/s (d) 3.92 m/s km h –1. If the resultant velocity of boat is
58. A body is whirled in a horizontal circle of radius 10 km h–1 , then the velocity of the river is [1993]
20 cm. It has an angular velocity of 10 rad/s. (a) 12.8 km h–1 (b) 6 km h–1
What is its linear velocity at any point on circular (c) 8 km h –1 (d) 10 km h–1
path [1996] 61. An electric fan has blades of length 30 cm
(a) 2 m/s (b) 2 m/s measured from the axis of rotation. If the fan is
(c) 10 m/s (d) 20 m/s rotating at 120 rpm, the acceleration of a point
on the tip of the blade is [1990]
59. When a body moves with a constant speed along
(a) 1600 ms–2 (b) 47.4 ms–2
a circle [1994]
(c) 23.7 ms–2 (d) 50.55 ms–2

ANSWER KEY
1 (b) 8 (b) 15 (b) 22 (b) 29 (d) 36 (c) 43 (a) 50 (b) 57 (a)
2 (b) 9 (d) 16 (b) 23 (a) 30 (a) 37 (d) 44 (b) 51 (b) 58 (b)
3 (d) 10 (b) 17 (d) 24 (b) 31 (a) 38 (b) 45 (d) 52 (c) 59 (c)
4 (d) 11 (c) 18 (c) 25 (b) 32 (b) 39 (b) 46 (a) 53 (a) 60 (b)
5 (c) 12 (c) 19 (a) 26 (b) 33 (b) 40 (c) 47 (d) 54 (a) 61 (c)
6 (d) 13 (a) 20 (c) 27 (c) 34 (a) 41 (a) 48 (a) 55 (a)
7 (d) 14 (b) 21 (c) 28 (d) 35 (b) 42 (c) 49 (a) 56 (c)
 EBD_9090
24 PHYSICS

Hints & Solutions

r r r r r r
1. (b) A+B = A-B Þ A2 + B 2 + 2 A.B = C 2
r r
Squaring on both sides Þ 32 + 42 + 2 A.B = 52
r r
r r2 r r2 Þ 2 A.B = 0
A+B = A-B r r
r r r r r r or Þ A.B = 0
Þ A · A + 2A · B + B · B r r
\A^ B
r r r r r r uur uur
= A · A – 2A · B + B · B Here A2 + B2 = C2. Hence, A ^ B
r r r r
Þ 4A · B = 0 Þ 4AB cos q = 0 5. (c) Using the law of vector addition, (d + e )
Þ cos q = 0 Þ q = 90° is as shown in the fig.
2. (b) Two vectors are
r ˆ ˆ d
A = cos wti + sin wtj
r wt wt
B = cos ˆi + sin ˆj
2 2
r r
For two vectors A and B to be orthogonal
r r
A.B = 0 f
r r e
wt wt
A.B = 0 = cos wt.cos + sin wt.sin
2 2 r r r
\ d +e = f
æ wt ö æ wt ö r r r r
= cos ç wt - ÷ = cos ç ÷ 6. (d) A ´ B = 3( A.B)
è 2 ø è 2 ø

wt p p Þ AB sin q = 3 AB cos q
So, = \ t=
2 2 w Þ tan q = 3 Þ q = 60°
r ur uur ur uur
r D r (displacement) 7. (d) | A + B |2 = | A - B |2
3. (d) vav =
Dt (time taken)
r r ur uur
= | A |2 + | B |2 + 2 A . B = A2 + B 2 + 2 AB cos q
(13 - 2)iˆ + (14 - 3)ˆj 11 ˆ ˆ
= = (i + j) r r r uur ur uur
5-0 5 = | A - B |2 = | A |2 + | B |2 - 2 A . B
4. (d) Vector triple product
r r r r r r r r r = A2 + B 2 - 2 AB cos q
A ´ ( B ´ C ) = B( A × C ) - C ( A × B ) = 0
r r r So, A2 + B2 + 2AB cos q
Þ A || ( B ´ C ) = A2 + B2 – 2AB cos q
r r r r
[Q A × B = 0 and A × C = 0] 1. (a) 4 AB cos q = 0 Þ cos q = 0
r r r
( A + B ) 2 = (C ) 2 q = 90º
So, angle between A & B is 90º.
Motion in a Plane 25
8. (b) For two vectors to be perpendicular to each 14. (b) As we know that
other uur uur ur
® ®
v = w ´ r = (3iˆ - 4 ˆj + kˆ) ´ (5iˆ - 6 ˆj + 6kˆ)
A × B =0
= -18iˆ - 13 ˆj + 2 kˆ
Ù Ù Ù Ù Ù Ù
( 2 i + 3 j+ 8 k ) · ( 4 j- 4 i + a k ) = 0
15. (b) We know that, R 2 = A2 + B 2 + 2 AB cos q
–8 + 12 + 8a = 0
4 1 (24) 2 = (12) 2 + (18) 2 + 2(12)(18) cos q
a=- =-
8 2 108
® ® ® ® ®
cos q = Þ q = 75°52'
432
9. (d) ( B ´ A) × A = C × A = CA cos90º = 0.

®
16. (b) rˆ = 0.5iˆ + 0.8 ˆj + ckˆ
C
| rˆ |= 1 = (0.5)2 + (0.8) 2 + c 2
® ®
B A
q (0.5)2 + (0.8)2 + c 2 = 1
r r
10. (b) | A ´ B |= A B sin q c 2 = 0.11 Þ c = 0.11
r r uur
A.B = A B cos q 17. (d) F = -3iˆ + ˆj + 5kˆ ;
r r r r uur
| A ´ B |= 3 A.B Þ AB sin q = Ö3 AB cos q r = 7iˆ + 3 ˆj + kˆ
or, tan q = Ö3, \ q = 60º r uur uur
r r Torque (t) = r ´ F
\ | A + B |= A2 + B 2 + 2 AB cos60º
= (7iˆ + 3 ˆj + kˆ) ´ ( -3iˆ + ˆj + 5kˆ)
2 2
= A + B + AB
r r r = 7kˆ + 35( - ˆj ) - 9( - kˆ) + 15iˆ - 3 ˆj + ( -iˆ)
11. (c) P = vector sum = A + B
r r r
Q = Vector differences = A - B = 14iˆ - 38 ˆj + 16kˆ
r r 18. (c)
Since P and Q are perpendicular
r r r r 19. (a) A vector quantity has both magnitude and
r r
(
\ P . Q = 0 Þ A+ B . A- B = 0 )( ) direction. In the given options, speed has only
magnitude, therefore, it is non- vector or scalar
r r
Þ A2 = B2 Þ A = B quantity.
uur uur 20. (c) Since displacement is along the y-direction,
12. (c) A = 3iˆ + 4 ˆj + 5kˆ , B = 3iˆ + 4 ˆj - 5kˆ r
hence displacement s = 10 ˆj .
uur uur
A . B = (3iˆ + 4 ˆj + 5kˆ) . (3iˆ + 4 ˆj - 5kˆ) uur ur
r r Work done = F .s
| A | | B | cos q = 9 + 16 - 25 = 0
r r = (-2iˆ + 15 ˆj + 6kˆ).10 ˆj = 150 J
| A | ¹ 0 , | B | ¹ 0 , hence, cos q = 0, q = 90°
21. (c) When a vector is multiplied with a scalar,
13. (a)
ur r the result is a vector.
P = F .v = (6iˆ - 4 ˆj + 3kˆ).(20iˆ + 15 ˆj - 5kˆ) uur uur uur
22. (b) Note that ( B ´ A ) ^ A . Hence their dot
= 6 × 20 – 4 × 15 –3 ×5 = 45 J/s product is zero.
 EBD_9090
26 PHYSICS
r r r 28. (d) Let after 1 sec angle become 60°. When
23. (a) ( A + B ) 2 = (C ) 2
the end A moves by 10 m left, the end B moves
r r
Þ A2 + B 2 + 2 A.B = C 2 upward by BB¢= 10 ´ 3 = 10 ´1.73
r r
Þ 32 + 42 + 2 A.B = 52 = 17.3 m/s
r r
Þ 2 A.B = 0 B¢
r r
or Þ A.B = 0
60°
r r B
\A^ B
uur uur
Here A2 + B2 = C2. Hence, A ^ B
60º
24. (b) Given: µ
x = 5t – 2t2 y = 10t O A¢ A
10 m/s
dx dy r
vx = = 5 – 4t vy = = 10 29. (d) r = (a cos wt )iˆ + (a sin wt ) ˆj
dt dt
r
r d (r ) d
dv x dv y v= = {(a cos wt )iˆ + (a sin wt ) ˆj}
ax = =–4 ay = =0 dt dt
dt dt
r r = (- aw sin wt )iˆ + (aw cos wt ) ˆj
a = a xi + a y j a = -4i m / s2
Hence, acceleration of particle at (t = 2 s) = –4m/s2 = w[(- a sin wt )iˆ + (a cos wt ) ˆj ]

y a sin wt
25. (b) Slope of position vector = = tan wt &
a cos wt
slope of velocity vector
( 3,3)
- a cos wt -1
= =
q a sin wt tan wt
x
(0, 0) \ velocity is perpendicular to the displacement.
30. (a) Speed of the bullet (v) = 1000 m/s and
Let q be the angle which the particle makes with
horizontal distance of the target (s) = 100 m.
x axis.
Time taken to cover the horizontal distance (t)
3
From figure, tan q = = 3 100
3 = = 0.1 sec .
1000
Þ q = tan -1 ( 3) = 60° During this time, the bullet will fall down
vertically due to gravitational acceleration.
26. (b) 1 2
r \ height (h) = ut + gt
27. (c) F = 6t iˆ + 4t ˆj 2
Fx = 6t, Fy = 4t 1
= (0 ´ 0.1) + ´ 10(0.1) 2 = 0.05m = 5cm
2
6t 4t u 2sin 2q
ax = = 2t , a y = 31. (a) Horizontal range = so g µ u2
3 3 g
v x = 0 + 2t .t = 18 for t = 3s g planet (u planet ) 2
or =
4 g earth (u earth ) 2
v y = 0 + t.t = 12 for t = 3s 2
3 æ3ö
Therefore gplanet = ç ÷ (9.8 m / s2 )
Velocity ® 18 iˆ + 12 ˆj è5ø
= 3.5 m/s2
Motion in a Plane 27
32. (b) At point B the direction of velocity H
component of the projectile along Y - axis \ tan a =
R/2
reverses.
® u2
Hence, VB = 2i$ - 3j$ æ 1ö
4g 1
33. (b) Horizontal range = = \ a = tan -1 ç ÷
u 2 2 è 2ø
2
u sin 2q 2g
R= ....(1)
g
Maximum height u
2 2 H
u sin q a
H= ....(2) 45°
2g R/2
R/2
According to the problem 36. (c) The magnitude of the resultant velocity at
R=H the point of projection and the landing point is
same.
u 2 sin 2q u 2 sin 2 q y
=
g 2g

sin 2 q
Þ 2 sin q cos q = v
2
sin q v sin q
2 cos q = q= 45° v cos q
2 x
v cos q q
1 v
Þ cot q = v sin q
4
Clearly, change in momentum along horizontal
Þ tan q = 4 (i.e along x-axis)
Þ q = éë tan (4 ) ùû
-1 = mvcosq – mv cos q = 0
Change in momentum along vertical (i.e. along
34. (a) For maximum range, the angle of projection, y–axis) = mv sinq – (–mv sinq)
q = 45°. = 2 mvsinq = 2mv × sin 45°
u 2 sin 2q 1
\ R= = 2mv ´ = 2mv
g 2
Hence, resultant change in momentum = 2mv
(20) 2 sin(2 ´ 45°) 37. (d) (45º – q) & (45º + q) are complementary
=
10 angles as 45º – q + 45º + q = 90º. We know that if
400 ´ 1 angle of projection of two projectiles make
= = 40 m. complementary angles, their ranges are equal.
10
In this case also, the range will be same. So the
u 2 sin 2 45° u 2 ratio is 1 : 1.
35. (b) H = = ... (1)
2g 4g 38. (b) Given, u1 = u2 = u, q1 = 60º, q2 = 30º
In 1st case, we know that range
u 2 sin 90° u 2
R= = u 2 sin 2(60°) u 2 sin120°
g g R1 = =
g g
R u2 u 2 sin(90° + 30°)
\ = ... (2) =
2 2g g
 EBD_9090
28 PHYSICS
u 2 (cos 30°) 3u 2 Motion of the particle is circular motion,
= = ur
g 2g acceleration vector is along – R and its
In 2nd case, when q 2 = 30° , then V2
magnitude =
u 2 sin 60° u 2 3 R
R2 = = Þ R1 = R2 Velocity of particle, V = wR = (2p) (4) = 8p
g 2g 45. (d) Centripetal acceleration ac = w2r
[we get same value of ranges].
2
39. (b) Horizontal range is same when angle of æ 2p ö
projection with the horizonatal is q and =ç ÷ r
è Tø
(90° – q). 2
æ 2p ö
v2 =ç ÷ ´ 5 ´ 10-2 = 5 m/s2
40. (c) R max = = 16000 [16km = 16000m] è 0.2p ø
g
46. (a) Distance covered in one circular loop = 2pr
or v = (16000 g )½ = (16000 ´ 10)½ = 2 × 3.14 × 100 = 628 m
= 400 ms –1
41. (a) Horizontal range is same when angle of 628
Speed = = 10 m / sec
projection is q or (90° – q). 62.8
42. (c) Given: Position vector Displacement in one circular loop = 0
r = cos wt + sin wt ŷ 0
r x̂ Velocity = =0
\ Velocity, vr = – wsin wt x̂ + wcos wt ŷ time
and acceleration, Y
47. (d)
r = –w2 cos wt – w2sin wt ŷ = – w2 r
a x̂ r
r . r = 0 hence rr ^ vr and
r v ®
r v1
a is directed towards the origin. B
ur X
43. ( )
(a) V A = 10 –i$ ®
O
vA/B
ur
()
a ®
V B = 10 $j q v
ur A
V BA = 10 $j + 10 ˆi = 10 2 km / h Velocity of A relative to B is given by
Distance OB = 100 cos 45° = 50 2 km ® ® ® ® ®
N($j) v A B = v A - vB = v - v1 .... (1)
By taking x-components of equation (1), we get
v1
0 = v sin q - v1 Þ sin q = .... (2)
v
10 km/h A 100 km
By taking Y-components of equation (1), we get
w
45° v y = v cos q .....(3)
100 km
Time taken by boy at A to catch the boy at B is
O
V BA = 10 2 km / h
given by
Relative displacement along Y - axis
B t=
S Relative velocity along Y - axis
Time taken to reach the shortest distance between a a a
= = =
v cos q v . 1 - sin 2 q 2
OB 50 2 æv ö
A and B = uuuur = = 5h v. 1- ç 1 ÷
VBA 10 2 è vø
44. (b) Here, x = 4sin(2pt) ...(i) [From equation (1)]
y = 4cos(2pt) ...(ii) a a a2
Squaring and adding equation (i) and (ii) = = =
x2 + y2 = 42 Þ R = 4 v 2 - v12 v 2 - v12 v 2 - v12
v.
v2
Motion in a Plane 29

dv A
48. (a) ar = w2 R & at = =0
dt
2
2æ 22 ö 2
or, ar= (2pn)2R = 4p2n2R2 = 4p ç ÷ (1) O
è 44 ø C D
q T

q
B mg cos q
mg sinq mg

anet = ar = p2ms–2 and direction along the radius mv 2 mv 2

towards the centre. T - mg cos q = ; T = mg cos q +
l l
49. (a) In circular motion of a particle with constant
Tension is maximum when cos q = +1 and
speed, particle repeats its motion after a regular velocity is maximum
interval of time but does not oscillate about a Both conditions are satisfied at q = 0º (i.e. at
fixed point. So, motion of particle is periodic but lowest point B]
not simple harmonic. 54. (a) v
50. (b) Wmg = DK
Þ – mg l = ½ mv2 – ½ mu2 5 km/hr 4 km/hr
or, mv2 = m(u2 – 2 g l]

or, v = u 2 - 2 g l ˆj v
Speed along the shortest path
r 1
u = u iˆ = = 4 km/hr
u 15 / 60
r r
\ v - u = u 2 - 2 g l ˆj - u iˆ Speed of water v = 5 2 - 4 2 = 3 km/hr
r r 55. (a) Minimum speed with which the string is
\| v - u |= [(u 2 - 2 g l) + u 2 ]½ = 2(u 2 - g l)
rotating in a vertical circle (v) = gr
20 The minimum speed of stone is independent of
51. (b) Circumference = 2pr = 2p ´ = 40m
p mass of stone.
Distance travelled in 2 revolutions 56. (c) vw Reaching point
= 2 × 40 = 80 m
s

Initial velocity = u = 0
m/
0.5

Final velocity v = 80m/sec

v m=

Applying the formula, v2 = u2 + 2as

(80)2 = 02 + 2 × a × 80 Þ a = 40 m/sec2 30°
120°
52. (c) Linear velocity v = rw
v1 = wr1, v2 = wr2 Starting point
[w is same in both cases because time period is r
Velocity of person vm = 0.5 m/s
same]
vw
v1 r1 R sin 30° = v Þ vw = vm sin 30°
= =
v2 r2 r m

53. (a) In the case of a body describing a vertical vm 0.5 m/s

circle, Þ vw = = = 0.25m/s
2 2
 EBD_9090
30 PHYSICS
59. (c) On circular motion, the force acts along
mv 2 the radius and displacement at a location is
57. (a) T=
R perpendicular to the radius i.e., q = 90°
uur uur
TR 25 ´ 1.96 5 ´ 14 As work done = F .S = FS cos90° = 0
v= = = = 14 m / s
m 0.25 5
60. (b) vr = vR 2 – vB2
2
58. (b) Radius of circular path = 20 cm = m
10 = 102 - 82 = 6 km h –1
Angular speed of body = 10 rad/s 61. (c) Centripetal acc. = w2r = 4p2v2r
Linear velocity = radius × Angular speed
120 30
2
= 4 ´ (3.14) ´ ´ = 23.7 ms -2
2 60 100
= ´ 10 = 2 m/s
10
[ Q w = 2pv]
Laws of Motion 31

Chapter

4 Laws of Motion

Topic 1: Ist, IInd & IIIrd Laws of Motion 6. A 0.5 kg ball moving with speed of 12 m/s strikes
1. The force ‘F’ acting on a particle of mass ‘m’ is a hard wall at an angle of 30° with the wall. It is
indicated by the force-time graph shown below. reflected with the same speed and at the same
The change in momentum of the particle over angle. If the ball is in contact with the wall for
the time interval from zero to 8 s is : [2014] 0.25 seconds, the average force acting on the
6 wall is [2006]
3

0
F(N)

2 4 6 8
–3
30°
t(s)
(a) 24 Ns (b) 20 Ns
(c) 12 Ns (d) 6 Ns
2. A stone is dropped from a height h. It hits the
ground with a certain momentum P. If the same 30°
stone is dropped from a height 100% more than
the previous height, the momentum when it hits
the ground will change by : [2012M]
(a) 68% (b) 41% (a) 24 N (b) 12 N
(c) 96 N (d) 48 N
(c) 200% (d) 100%
7. If a cricketer catches a ball of mass 150 gm
3. A body of mass M hits normally a rigid wall with
moving with a velocity of 20 m/s, then he
velocity V and bounces back with the same
velocity. The impulse experienced by the body experiences a force of (Time taken to complete
is [2011] the catch is 0.1 sec.) [2001]
(a) MV (b) 1.5 MV (a) 300 N (b) 30 N
(c) 2 MV (d) zero (c) 3 N (d) 0.3 N
4. A body under the action of a force 8. A 3 kg ball strikes a heavy rigid wall with a speed
r of 10 m/s at an angle of 60º. It gets reflected with
F = 6 ˆi – 8 ˆj+10 k,
ˆ acquires an acceleration of
2 the same speed and angle as shown here. If the
1 m/s . The mass of this body must be [2009] ball is in contact with the wall for 0.20s, what is
(a) 10 kg (b) 20 kg
the average force exerted on the ball by the wall?
(c) 10 2 kg (d) 2 10 kg [2000]
5. Sand is being dropped on a conveyor belt at the (a) 150 N
rate of M kg/s. The force necessary to keep the 60º
belt moving with a constant velocity of v m/s (b) zero
will be: [2008]
(c) 150 3N 60º
(a) Mv newton (b) 2 Mv newton
Mv (d) 300N
(c) newton (d) zero
2
 EBD_9090
32 PHYSICS
9. A bullet is fired from a gun. The force on the 16. A 600 kg rocket is set for a vertical firing. If the
bullet is given by F = 600 – 2 × 105 t where, F is exhaust speed is 1000 ms–1 , the mass of the gas
in newton and t in second. The force on the ejected per second to supply the thrust needed
bullet becomes zero as soon as it leaves the to overcome the weight of rocket is [1990]
barrel. What is the average impulse imparted to (a) 117.6 kg s–1 (b) 58.6 kg s–1
(c) 6 kg s–1 (d) 76.4 kg s–1
the bullet? [1998]
17. A particle of mass m is moving with a uniform
(a) 1.8 N-s (b) zero velocity v1. It is given an impulse such that its
(c) 9 N-s (d) 0.9 N-s velocity becomes v2. The impulse is equal to
[1990]
10. A 5000 kg rocket is set for vertical firing. The
exhaust speed is 800 ms–1. To give an initial 1
(a) m[| v2 | – | v1|] (b) m[v2 2 - v12 ]
upward acceleration of 20 ms–2, the amount of 2
gas ejected per second to supply the needed (c) m[v1 + v2] (d) m [v2 – v1]
thrust will be (g = 10 ms–2) [1998]
(a) 127.5 kg s–1 (b) 187.5 kg s–1 Topic 2: Motion of Connected Bodies,
Pulley & Equilibrium of Forces
(c) 185.5 kg s–1 (d) 137.5 kg s–1
11. A 10 N force is applied on a body produces an 18. Two blocks A and B of masses 3 m and m
respectively are connected by a massless and
acceleration of 1 m/s2. The mass of the body is
inextensible string. The whole system is
(a) 5 kg (b) 10 kg [1996] suspended by a massless spring as shown in
(c) 15 kg (d) 20 kg figure. The magnitudes of acceleration of A and
B immediately after the string is cut, are
12. A ball of mass 150 g, moving with an acceleration
respectively :- [2017]
20 m/s2, is hit by a force, which acts on it for 0.1
sec. The impulsive force is [1996]
(a) 0.5 N (b) 0.1 N
(c) 0.3 N (d) 1.2 N
13. If the force on a rocket moving with a velocity of
300 m/sec is 345 N, then the rate of combustion
A 3m
of the fuel, is [1995]
(a) 0.55 kg/sec (b) 0.75 kg/sec
B m
(c) 1.15 kg/sec (d) 2.25 kg/sec
14. A satellite in a force free space sweeps stationary g
(a) ,g (b) g, g
interplanetary dust at a rate (dM/dt) = av. The 3
acceleration of satellite is [1994] g g g
(c) , (d) g,
2 2 3 3 3
-2av -av
(a) (b) 19. One end of string of length l is connected to a
M M
particle of mass 'm' and the other end is
-av 2 connected to a small peg on a smooth horizontal
(c) (d) -av 2
2M table. If the particle moves in circle with speed
15. Physical independence of force is a consequence 'v' the net force on the particle (directed towards
of [1991] centre) will be (T represents the tension in the
string) :- [2017]
(a) third law of motion
(b) second law of motion mv2 mv2
(a) T+ (b) T–
(c) first law of motion l l
(d) all of these laws (c) Zero (d) T
Laws of Motion 33

20. Three blocks A, B and C of masses 4 kg, 2 kg (a) 2 mg

and 1 kg respectively, are in contact on a
(b) 3 mg
frictionless surface, as shown. If a force of 14 N
is applied on the 4 kg block then the contact (c) 6 mg
force between A and B is [2015]
(d) zero
A B C 24. A person of mass 60 kg is inside a lift of mass
940 kg and presses the button on control panel.
(a) 6 N (b) 8 N The lift starts moving upwards with an
(c) 18 N (d) 2 N acceleration 1.0 m/s2. If g = 10 ms–2, the tension
in the supporting cable is [2011]
21. A system consists of three masses m1, m2 and (a) 8600 N (b) 9680 N
m3 connected by a string passing over a pulley (c) 11000 N (d) 1200 N
P. The mass m1 hangs freely and m2 and m3 are 25. y
on a rough horizontal table (the coefficient of 4N
friction = m). The pulley is frictionless and of 1N
negligible mass. The downward acceleration of
mass m1 is : (Assume m1 = m2 = m3 = m)
30°
[2014] 60°
x
g(1 – gm)
(a) 2N
g m2 m3
P
Three forces acting on a body are shown in the
figure. To have the resultant force only along
2gm
(b) the y- direction, the magnitude of the minimum
3 additional force needed is: [2008]
(a) 0.5 N (b) 1.5 N
g(1 – 2m ) 3
(c) m1 (c) N (d) 3N
3 4
26. The mass of a lift is 2000 kg. When the tension
g(1 – 2m ) in the supporting cable is 28000 N, then its
(d) acceleration is: [2009]
2
(a) 4 ms–2 upwards
22. A balloon with mass ‘m’ is descending down (b) 4 ms–2 downwards
with an acceleration ‘a’ (where a < g). How much (c) 14 ms–2 upwards
mass should be removed from it so that it starts (d) 30 ms–2 downwards
moving up with an acceleration ‘a’? [2014] 27. The coefficient of static friction, ms, between
block A of mass 2 kg and the table as shown in
2ma 2ma the figure is 0.2. What would be the maximum
(a) g+a (b) g-a mass value of block B so that the two blocks do
not move? The string and the pulley are
ma ma assumed to be smooth and massless.
(c) (d) (g = 10 m/s2) [2004]
g+a g-a
2 kg
23. Three blocks with masses m, 2 m and 3 m are A
connected by strings as shown in the figure.
After an upward force F is applied on block m,
the masses move upward at constant speed v. B
What is the net force on the block of mass 2m? (a) 0.4 kg (b) 2.0 kg
(g is the acceleration due to gravity) [2013] (c) 4.0 kg (d) 0.2 kg
 EBD_9090
34 PHYSICS
28. A block of mass m is placed on a smooth wedge strength is 75% of the weight of the monkey, the
of inclination q. The whole system is accelerated minimum acceleration with which monkey can
horizontally so that the block does not slip on slide down without breaking the branch is
the wedge. The force exerted by the wedge on [1993]
the block (g is acceleration due to gravity) will 3g
be [2004] (a) g (b)
4
(a) mg/cos q (b) mg cos q
(c) mg sin q (d) mg g g
(c) (d)
29. A man weighing 80 kg, stands on a weighing 4 2
scale in a lift which is moving upwards with a Topic 3: Friction
uniform acceleration of 5m/s2. What would be 35. A block A of mass m1 rests on a horizontal table.
the reading on the scale ? (g = 10 m/s2) [2003]
A light string connected to it passes over a
(a) 1200 N (b) zero
frictionless pulley at the edge of table and from
(c) 400 N (d) 800 N
its other end another block B of mass m2 is
30. A monkey of mass 20 kg is holding a vertical
suspended. The coefficient of kinetic friction
rope. The rope will not break when a mass of 25
kg is suspended from it but will break if the mass between the block and the table is µk. When the
exceeds 25 kg. What is the maximum acceleration block A is sliding on the table, the tension in the
with which the monkey can climb up along the string is [2015]
rope ? (g = 10 m/s2) [2003] (m 2 – mk m1 ) g m1m 2 (1 + m k )g
2 2 (a) (m1 + m 2 ) (b) (m1 + m 2 )
(a) 2.5 m/s (b) 5 m/s
(c) 10 m/s2 (d) 25 m/s2 m1m 2 (1 – m k )g (m 2 + m k m1 )g
31. A lift weighing 1000 kg is moving upwards with (c) (m1 + m 2 ) (d) (m1 + m 2 )
an accelertion of 1 m/s2. The tension in the
supporting cable is [2002] 36. A plank with a box on it at one end is gradually
(a) 980 N (b) 10800 N raised about the other end. As the angle of
(c) 9800 N (d) 8800 N inclination with the horizontal reaches 30º the
32. Two blocks m1 = 5 gm and m2 = 10 gm are hung box starts to slip and slides 4.0 m down the plank
vertically over a light frictionless pulley as in 4.0s. The coefficients of static and kinetic
shown here. What is the acceleration of the friction between the box and the plank will be,
masses when they are left free? [2000] respectively : [2015 RS]

m1 mg
q
m2 (a) 0.6 and 0.5 (b) 0.5 and 0.6
(a) g / 3 (b) g / 2 (c) 0.4 and 0.3 (d) 0.6 and 0.6
(c) g (d) g / 5 37. The upper half of an inclined plane of inclina-
(where g is acceleration due to gravity) tion q is perfectly smooth while lower half is
33. A mass of 1 kg is suspended by a thread. It is rough. A block starting from rest at the top of
(i) lifted up with an acceleration 4.9 m/s2, the plane will again come to rest at the bottom, if
(ii) lowered with an acceleration 4.9 m/s2. the coefficient of friction between the block and
The ratio of the tensions is [1998] lower half of the plane is given by [2013]
(a) 3 : 1 (b) 1 : 2 2
(a) m = (b) m = 2 tan q
(c) 1 : 3 (d) 2 : 1 tan q
34. A monkey is decending from the branch of a 1
tree with constant acceleration. If the breaking (c) m = tan q (d) m =
tan q
Laws of Motion 35
38. A conveyor belt is moving at a constant speed of 43. A person slides freely down a frictionless
2m/s. A box is gently dropped on it. The inclined plane while his bag falls down vertically
coefficient of friction between them is µ = 0.5. from the same height. The final speeds of the
The distance that the box will move relative to man (VM) and the bag (VB) should be such that
belt before coming to rest on it taking (a) VM < VB [2000]
g = 10 ms–2, is [2011M]
(b) VM = VB
(a) 1.2 m (b) 0.6 m
(c) zero (d) 0.4 m (c) they depend on the masses
39. A block of mass m is in contact with the cart C as (d) VM > VB
shown in the Figure. [2010] 44. A block has been placed on an inclined plane
with the slope angle q, block slides down the
plane at constant speed. The coefficient of
C m kinetic friction is equal to [1993]
(a) sin q (b) cos q
(c) g (d) tan q
45. Consider a car moving along a straight horizontal
road with a speed of 72 km/h. If the coefficient
The coefficient of static friction between the of static friction between the tyres and the road
block and the cart is m . The acceleration a of is 0.5, the shortest distance in which the car can
the cart that will prevent the block from falling be stopped is (taking g = 10 m/s2) [1992]
satisfies:
(a) 30 m (b) 40 m
mg g
(a) a > (b) a > (c) 72 m (d) 20 m
m mm
46. A heavy uniform chain lies on horizontal table
g g top. If the coefficient of friction between the
(c) a ³ (d) a <
m m chain and the table surface is 0.25, then the
40. A block B is pushed momentarily along a maximum fraction of the length of the chain that
horizontal surface with an initial velocity V. If m can hang over one edge of the table is [1991]
is the coefficient of sliding friction between B (a) 20% (b) 25%
and the surface, block B will come to rest after a (c) 35% (d) 15%
time [2007] 47. Starting from rest, a body slides down a 45°
inclined plane in twice the time it takes to slide
B V
down the same distance in the absence of
friction. The coefficient of friction between the
(a) g m /V (b) g/V body and the inclined plane is [1988]
(c) V/g (d) V/(g m ). (a) 0.80 (b) 0.75
41. A 100 N force acts horizontally on a block of 10 (c) 0.25 (d) 0.33
kg placed on a horizontal rough surface of
coefficient of friction m = 0.5. If the acceleration Topic 4: Circular Motion, Banking of Road
due to gravity (g) is taken as 10 ms–2 , the 48. A car is negotiating a curved road of radius R.
acceleration of the block (in ms–2) is [2002] The road is banked at an angle q. the coefficient
(a) 2.5 (b) 10 of friction between the tyres of the car and the
(c) 5 (d) 7.5 road is ms. The maximum safe velocity on this
42. A block of mass 1 kg is placed on a truck which road is : [2016]
accelerates with acceleration 5m/s 2 . The m s + tan q ms + tan q
coefficient of static friction between the block (a) gR 2 gR
and truck is 0.6. The frictional force acting on 1 - ms tan q (b) 1 - ms tan q
the block is [2001]
g ms + tan q g ms + tan q
(a) 5 N (b) 6 N (c) (d)
(c) 5.88 N (d) 4.6 N R 1 - m 2 tan q R 2 1 - ms tan q
 EBD_9090
36 PHYSICS
49. What is the minimum velocity with which a body
(a) m s mRg (b) Rg / m s
of mass m must enter a vertical loop of radius R
so that it can complete the loop ? [2016] (c) mRg / m s (d) m s Rg
(a) gR (b) 2gR 54. A 500 kg car takes a round turn of radius 50 m
with a velocity of 36 km/h. The centripetal force
(c) 3gR (d) 5gR is [1999]
50. Two stones of masses m and 2 m are whirled in (a) 250 N (b) 750 N
horizontal circles, the heavier one in radius (c) 1000 N (d) 1200 N
r 55. A body of mass 0.4 kg is whirled in a vertical
and the lighter one in radius r. The tangential circle making 2 rev/sec. If the radius of the circle
2
speed of lighter stone is n times that of the value is 1.2 m, then tension in the string when the
of heavier stone when they experience same body is at the top of the circle, is [1999]
centripetal forces. The value of n is : [2015 RS] (a) 41.56 N (b) 89.86 N
(a) 3 (b) 4 (c) 109.86 N (d) 115.86 N.
(c) 1 (d) 2 56. What will be the maximum speed of a car on a
51. A car is moving in a circular horizontal track of road turn of radius 30 m if the coefficient of
radius 10 m with a constant speed of 10 m/s. A friction between the tyres and the road is 0.4
bob is suspended from the roof of the car by a (Take g = 9.8 m/s2) [1995]
light wire of length 1.0 m. The angle made by the (a) 10.84 m/s (b) 9.84 m/s
wire with the vertical is [NEET Kar. 2013] (c) 8.84 m/s (d) 6.84 m/s
p 57. A particle of mass M is moving in a horizontal
(a) 0° (b) circle of radius R with uniform speed V. When it
3
moves from one point to a diametrically opposite
p p point, its [1992]
(c) (d) (a) kinetic energy changes by MV2/4
6 4
(b) momentum does not change
52. A car of mass 1000 kg negotiates a banked curve
(c) momentum changes by 2 MV
of radius 90 m on a frictionless road. If the
(d) kinetic energy changes by MV2
banking angle is 45°, the speed of the car is :
58. When milk is churned, cream gets separated due
(a) 20 ms–1 (b) 30 ms–1 [2012]
–1 to [1991]
(c) 5 ms (d) 10 ms–1
(a) centripetal force
53. A car of mass m is moving on a level circular
(b) centrifugal force
track of radius R. If ms represents the static
friction between the road and tyres of the car, (c) frictional force
the maximum speed of the car in circular motion (d) gravitational force
is given by : [2012M]

ANSWER KEY
1 (c) 8 (c) 15 (c) 22 (a) 29 (a) 35 (b) 41 (c) 47 (b) 53 (d)
2 (b) 9 (d) 16 (c) 23 (d) 30 (a) 36 (a) 42 (a) 48 (b) 54 (c)
3 (c) 10 (b) 17 (d) 24 (c) 31 (b) 37 (b) 43 (b) 49 (d) 55 (a)
4 (c) 11 (b) 18 (a) 25 (a) 32 (a) 38 (d) 44 (d) 50 (d) 56 (a)
5 (a) 12 (c) 19 (d) 26 (a) 33 (a) 39 (c) 45 (b) 51 (d) 57 (c)
6 (a) 13 (c) 20 (a) 27 (a) 34 (c) 40 (d) 46 (a) 52 (c) 58 (b)
7 (b) 14 (b) 21 (c) 28 (a)
Laws of Motion 37

Hints & Solutions

1. (c) Change in momentum,
6. (a) 12 m/s
Dp = ò Fdt
30º
= Area of F-t graph
= ar of D – ar of + ar of
1
= ´ 2 ´ 6 - 3 ´ 2 + 4 ´ 3 = 12 N-s 30º
2

2. (b) Momentum P = mv = m 2 gh
(Q v2 = u2 + 2gh; Here u = 0) Resolving the velocities in vertical and
When stone hits the ground momentum horizontal directions, resolved parts of first
velocity
P = m 2 gh v sin q
q
when same stone dropped from 2h (100% of
initial) then momentum
v
P ¢= m 2 g (2h) = 2 P v cos q
Which is changed by 41% of initial. v cosq perpendicular to the wall and v sinq
parallel to the wall. In the second case, they are
3. (c) Impulse experienced by the body –v sin q & v cos q respectively. Here, –ve sign is
= change in momentum because direction is opposite to the earlier ones.
= MV – (–MV) So we see a net change in velocity perpendicular
to way
= 2MV.
r = v sin q – (–v sin q) = 2v sin q
4. (c) F = 6 ˆi – 8 ˆj+10 k,
ˆ This change has occured in 0.25 sec, so, rate of
2v sin q
| F |= 36 + 64 + 100 = 10 2 N change of velocity =
0.25

(
QF= Fx2 + Fy2 + Fz2 ) =
2 ´ 12 ´ sin 30º
0.25
Þ
24 ´ 1
2 ´ 0.25
= 48

a = 1 ms–2 Thus, acceleration a = 48 m/sec2

Q F = ma Force applied = m . a = 0.5 × 48 = 24 N
Total Impulse
10 2 7. (b) Net force experienced = Time taken
\ m= = 10 2 kg
1 mDv 20
= = 0.15 ´ = 30 N
t 0.1
d(Mv) dv dM
5. (a) F= = M +v 8. (c) Change in momentum along the wall
dt dt dt
= mv cos60º – mv cos 60º = 0
\ v is constant, Change in momentum perpendicular to the wall
dM dM = mv sin60º – (– mv sin60º) = 2mv sin60º
\ F= v But = Mkg / s
dt dt Change in momentum
\ Applied force =
\ F = vM newton. Time
 EBD_9090
38 PHYSICS
2 mv sin 60º 13. (c) Velocity of the rocket (u) = 300 m/s and
= force (F) = 345N. Rate of combustion of fuel
0.20
2 ´ 3 ´ 10 ´ 3 æ dm ö F
= = 50 ´ 3 3 çè ÷ = = 1.15kg / sec
2 ´ 20 dt ø u
= 150 3 newton 14. (b) Thrust on the satellite,
5 -vdM
9. (d) Given F = 600 – (2 ´ 10 t) F= = -v(av) = -av 2
dt
The force is zero at time t, given by F - av 2
Acceleration = =
0 = 600 – 2 ´ 105 t M M
15. (c) Newton’s first law of motion is related to
600 physical independence of force.
Þ t= = 3 ´ 10 –3 seconds
2 ´ 105 udM dM mg
3´10 –3
16. (c) Thrust = = mg Þ =
t dt dt u
ò
\ Impulse = Fdt = ò (600 – 2 ´ 105 t ) dt
=
600 ´ 10
= 6 kg s–1
0 0 1000
3´10 –3 17. (d) Impulse = final momentum – initial
é 2 ´ 105 t 2 ù momentum = m (v2 – v1)
= ê600t – ú
êë 2 úû 0

= 600 ´ 3 ´ 10 –3 – 105 (3 ´10 –3 ) 2

= 1.8 – 0.9 = 0.9Ns 18. (a) m
10. (b) Given : Mass of rocket (m) = 5000 kg
Exhaust speed (v) = 800 m/s
mg
Acceleration of rocket (a) = 20 m/s2
Before cutting the string
Gravitational acceleration (g) = 10 m/s2 kx = T + 3 mg ...(i)
We know that upward force T = mg ...(ii)
F = m (g + a) = 5000 (10 +20) Þ kx = 4mg
= 5000 × 30 = 150000 N. After cutting the string T = 0
4mg - 3mg
We also know that amount of gas ejected aA =
3m
æ dm ö F 150000 4mg
çè ÷= = = 187.5 kg/s
dt ø v 800
11. (b) By Newton's IInd law of motion, F = ma
Þ 10 = m (1) Þ m = 10 kg.
150
12. (c) Mass = 150 gm = kg
1000
Force = Mass × acceleration g
aA =
150 3
= ´ 20 N = 3 N
1000 mg
Impulsive force = F .Dt = 3 ´ 0.1 = 0.3 N and a B = =g
m
Laws of Motion 39

19. (d) Net force on particle in uniform circular From figure

æ mv2 ö F = 6 mg,
motion is centripetal force çç l ÷÷ which is As speed is constant, acceleration a = 0
è ø \ 6 mg = 6ma = 0, F = 6 mg
provided by tension in string so the net force \ T = 5 mg , T¢ = 3 mg
will be equal to tension i.e., T. T² = 0
F
20. (a) Acceleration of system a = net Fnet on block of mass 2 m
M total
= T – T' – 2 mg = 0
14 14 2
= = = 2m/s ALTERNATE :
4 + 2 +1 7
Q v = constant
so, a = 0, Hence, Fnet = ma = 0
14N A B
4kg C
2kg 1kg a=1
24. (c)
The contact force between A and B
= (mB + mC) × a = (2 + 1) × 2 = 6N
21. (c) Acceleration m = 1000 kg
Net force in the direction of motion
=
Total mass of system

m1g - m(m 2 + m3 )g g Total mass = (60 + 940) kg = 1000 kg

= = (1 - 2m )
m1 + m 2 + m3 3 Let T be the tension in the supporting cable,
(Q m1 = m2 = m3 = m given) then
22. (a) Let upthrust of air be Fa then T – 1000g = 1000 × 1
For downward motion of balloon Þ T = 1000 × 11 = 11000 N
Fa = mg – ma 25. (a) The components of 1 N and 2N forces
mg – Fa = ma along + x axis = 1 cos 60° + 2 sin 30°
For upward motion
1 1 1 3
Fa – (m – Dm)g = (m – Dm)a = 1´ + 2 ´ = + 1 = = 1.5N
2 2 2 2
2ma
Therefore Dm = Y
g+a
4 cos 30° + 1 sin 60°
23. (d)
4N
1N

F T T'
m v 30°
mg 60°
mg m 2m 3m
2m
4 sin 30° 1cos 60° + 2 sin 30°
T T' T" 30°
2mg
mg 2mg 3mg
3m
2N
2cos30°
6 mg
 EBD_9090
40 PHYSICS
The component of 4 N force along –x-axis 32. (a)
1
= 4 sin 30° = 4 ´ = 2N . T
2 T
Therefore, if a force of 0.5N is applied along + x- 5g
axis, the resultant force along x-axis will become
zero and the resultant force will be obtained only 10g
along y-axis.
Let T be the tension in the string.
26. (a) Net force, F = T – mg \ 10g – T = 10a ....(i)
ma = T – mg T – 5g = 5a ....(ii)
2000 a = 28000 – 20000 = 8000 Adding (i) and (ii),
g 2
8000 5g = 15a Þ a = m/s
a= = 4 ms –2 ­ 3
2000 33. (a) In case (i) we have
27. (a) mBg = ms mAg {Q mAg = ms mAg} T1 - (1 ´ g ) = 1 × 4.9
Þ mB = ms mA Þ T1 = 9.8 + 4.9 = 14.7 N
or, mB = 0.2 × 2 = 0.4 kg In case (ii), l × g – T2 = 1 × 4.9
28. (a) Þ T2 = 9.8 – 4.9 = 4.9 N
N T1 14.7 3
\ T = 4.9 = 1
2
ma 34. (c) Let T be the tension in the branch of a
tr ee when monkey is descending with
mg
q acceleration a. Then mg – T = ma; and
T = 75% of weight of monkey
N = m a sin q + mg cos q .....(1)
Also, m g sin q = m a cos q ....(2) æ 75 ö æ 1ö
\ ma = mg – ç mg = ç ÷ mg
From (1) & (2), a = g tan q è 100 ÷ø è 4ø
g
sin 2q or a = .
\ N = mg + mg cos q . 4
cos q 35. (b) For the motion of both the blocks
mg mg m1a = T – mkm1g
= (sin 2 q + cos 2 q) = m2g – T = m2a
cos q cos q a
T
mg mk 1
m g m 1
or, N =
cos q mk
29. (a) Reading of the scale
= Apparent wt. of the man = m(g + a) m2
m 2g – m k m1g a
= 80 (10 + 5) = 1200 N a= m1 + m 2
30. (a) T = Tension caused in string by monkey
= m (g + a) æ m 2 g – m k m1g ö m2g
m2g – T = (m2) ç m + m ÷
\ T £ 25 ´ 10 Þ 20 (10+a) £ 250 è 1 2 ø
solving we get tension in the string
or, 10 + a £ 12.5 Þ a £ 2.5
31. (b) T – (1000 × 9.8 )= 1000 × 1 m1m 2 g (1 + m k ) g
T=
m1 + m 2
Þ T = 10800 N
Laws of Motion 41

36. (a) Coefficient of static friction, \ N= m a

1 For the block not to fall, frictional force,
ms = tan 30° = = 0.577 @ 0.6 Ff > mg
3
1 2 Þ m N > mg
S = ut + at
2 Þ m m a > mg
1 1
4 = a(4)2 Þ a = = 0.5 Þ a > g/ m
2 2
[Q s = 4m and t = 4s given] 40. (d) Friction is the retarding force for the block
a = gsinq – mk(g) cosq F = ma = mR = mmg
Therefore, from the first equation of motion
0.9
Þ mk = = 0.5 v = u – at
3
37. (b) V
0 = V – mg × t Þ =t
mg
S/2
h
oot S/2 sin q
41. (c) a=
F - mR 100 - 0.5 ´ (10 ´ 10)
= = 5 ms -2
Sm m 10
q
S/2 42. (a) Maximum friction force = µmg
ugh S/2 sin q = .6 × 1 × 9.8 = 5.88 N
Ro
q But here required friction force
For upper half of inclined plane = ma = 1 × 5 = 5 N
v2 = u2 + 2a S/2 = 2 (g sin q) S/2 = gS sin q 43. (b) As there is only gravitational field which
For lower half of inclined plane works.
0 = u2 + 2 g (sin q – m cos q) S/2 We know it is conservative field and depends
Þ – gS sin q = gS ( sinq – m cos q)
only on the end points. So, VM = VB
Þ 2 sin q = m cos q
44. (d) When the block slides down the plane with
2 sin q a constant speed, then the inclination of the plane
Þ m= = 2 tan q
cos q is equal to angle of repose (q).
38. (d) Frictional force on the box f = mmg Coeff. of friction = tan of the angle of repose
\ Acceleration in the box = tan q.
a = mg = 5 ms–2 45. (b) Here u = 72 km/h = 20 m/s; v = 0;
v2 = u2 + 2as a = – mg = – 0.5 × 10 = – 5 m/s2
Þ 0 = 22 + 2 × (5) s As v2 = u2 + 2as,

Þ s=–
2
5
w.r.t. belt
\ s=
(v 2
- u2 ) =
(0 - (20)2
= 40 m
Þ distance = 0.4 m 2a 2 ´ ( -5)
39. (c) Forces acting on the block are as shown in
46. (a) The force of friction on the chain lying on
the fig. Normal reaction N is provided by the
force ma due to acceleration a the table should be equal to the weight of the
Ff hanging chain. Let
r = mass per unit length of the chain
µ = coefficient of friction
l = length of the total chain
N = ma
x = length of hanging chain
Now, µ(l – x) rg = xrg or µ(l – x) = x
mg
 EBD_9090
42 PHYSICS
or µl = (µ + 1)x or x = µl/(µ + 1)
0.25l 0.25l v2 102
\ x= = = 0.2l tan q = = =1
(0.25 + 1) 1.25 rg 10 ´ 10

x p
= 0.2 = 20% Þ q = 45° =
l 4
47. (b) In presence of friction a V2
52. (c) For banking tan q =
Rg
= (g sinq – mg cos q)
\ Time taken to slide down the plane V2
tan 45 = =1
90×10
2s 2s
t1 = = V = 30 m/s
a g (sin q - m cos q)
53. (d) For smooth driving maximum speed of car
2s v then
In absence of friction t 2 =
g sin q
mv 2
= m s mg
t1 = 2t2 \ t12 = 4t22 R

2s 2s ´ 4 v = m s Rg
or g (sin q - m cos q) = g sin q
sin q = 4 sinq – 4m cos q mv 2 500 ´ (10)2
54. (c) Centripetal force = =
3 3 r 50
m= tan q = = 0.75
4 4 = 1000 N [Q 36 km/hr = 10 m/s]
48. (b) On a banked road, 55. (a) Given : Mass (m) = 0.4 kg
2
Vmaxæ m + tan q ö Its frequency (n) = 2 rev/sec
=ç s ÷
Rg è 1 - ms tan q ø Radius (r) =1.2 m. We know that linear velocity
Maximum safe velocity of a car on the banked of the body (v) = wr = (2pn)r
road
= 2 × 3.14 × 1.2 × 2 = 15.08 m/s.
é m + tan q ù
Vmax = Rg ê s ú Therefore, tension in the string when the body
ë1 - ms tan q û is at the top of the circle (T)
49. (d) To complete the loop a body must enter a
vertical loop of radius R with the minimum mv2 0.4 ´ (15.08) 2
= - mg = - (0.4 ´ 9.8)
r 2
velocity v = 5gR .
= 45.78 - 3.92 = 41.56 N
50. (d) According to question, two stones
experience same centripetal force 56. (a) r = 30 m and m = 0.4.

i.e. FC1 = FC2 vmax = mrg = 0.4 ´ 30 ´ 9.8 = 10.84m/s

57. (c) On the diametrically opposite points, the

mv12 2mv 22
or, = or, V12 = 4V22 velocities have same magnitude but opposite
r (r / 2)
directions. Therefore, change in momentum is
So, V1 = 2V2 i.e., n = 2 MV – (– MV) = 2MV
51. (d) Given; speed = 10 m/s; radius r = 10 m 58. (b) Cream gets separated from a churned milk
Angle made by the wire with the vertical due to centrifugal force.
 Chapter

5 Work, Energy and Power

Topic 1: Work F(N)

1. Consider a drop of rain water having mass 1 g
falling from a height of 1 km. It hits the ground
2
with a speed of 50 m/s. Take 'g' constant with a
value 10 m/s 2 . The work done by the (i)
0 d(m)
gravitational force and the (ii) resistive force of 3 7 12
air is [2017] (a) 18 J (b) 21 J
(a) (i) 1.25 J (ii) –8.25 J (c) 26 J (d) 13 J
(b) (i) 100 J (ii) 8.75 J 5. A vertical spring with force constant k is fixed
on a table. A ball of mass m at a height h above
(c) (i) 10 J (ii) – 8.75 J
the free upper end of the spring falls vertically
(d) (i) – 10 J (ii) –8.25 J
on the spring so that the spring is compressed
2. Two similar springs P and Q have spring by a distance d. The net work done in the process
constants KP and KQ, such that KP > KQ. They is [2007]
are stretched, first by the same amount (case a,)
1
then by the same force (case b). The work done (a) mg (h + d ) - kd 2
by the springs WP and WQ are related as, in 2
case (a) and case (b), respectively [2015] 1 2
(a) WP = WQ ; WP = WQ (b) mg (h - d ) - kd
2
(b) WP > WQ ; WQ > WP
1
(c) WP < WQ ; WQ < WP (c) mg(h - d) + kd 2
2
(d) WP = WQ ; WP > WQ
1
3. A uniform force of (3iˆ + ˆj ) newton acts on a (d) mg(h + d) + kd 2
2
particle of mass 2 kg. The particle is displaced 6. A body of mass 3 kg is under a constant force
from position (2$i + k$ ) meter to position which causes a displacement s in metres in it,
(4$i + 3 $j - k$ ) meter. The work done by the force
1 2
on the particle is [2013] given by the relation s = t , where t is in
3
(a) 6 J (b) 13 J
(c) 15 J (d) 9 J seconds. Work done by the force in 2 seconds is
4. Force F on a particle moving in a straight line [2006]
varies with distance d as shown in the figure. 3 8 19 5
The work done on the particle during its (a) J (b) J (c) J (d) J
8 3 5 19
displacement of 12 m is [2011]
 EBD_9090
44 PHYSICS
7. 300 J of work is done in sliding a 2 kg block up Topic 2: Energy
an inclined plane of height 10 m. Taking g = 10 13. A particle of mass 10 g moves along a circle of
m/s2, work done against friction is [2006] radius 6.4 cm with a constant tangential
(a) 100 J (b) zero acceleration. What is the magnitude of this
(c) 1000 J (d) 200 J acceleration if the kinetic energy of the particle
8. A force F acting on an object varies with becomes equal to 8 × 10–4 J by the end of the
distance x as shown here. The force is in N and second revolution after the beginning of the
x in m. The work done by the force in moving motion ? [2016]
the object from x = 0 to x = 6 m is [2005] (a) 0.1 m/s2 (b) 0.15 m/s2
(c) 0.18 m/s2 (d) 0.2 m/s2
F(N) 14. A block of mass 10 kg, moving in x direction
with a constant speed of 10 ms–1, is subject to a
retarding force F = 0.1 × J/m during its travel
3 from x = 20 m to 30 m. Its final KE will be : [2015]
2 (a) 450 J (b) 275 J
1 (c) 250 J (d) 475 J
x(m) 15. A person holding a rifle (mass of person and
0 rifle together is 100 kg) stands on a smooth
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 surface and fires 10 shots horizontally, in 5 s.
(a) 18.0 J (b) 13.5 J Each bullet has a mass of 10 g with a muzzle
velocity of 800 ms–1. The final velocity acquired
(c) 9.0 J (d) 4.5 J
by the person and the average force exerted on
9. A force of 250 N is required to lift a 75 kg mass the person are [NEET Kar. 2013]
through a pulley system. In order to lift the mass (a) –1.6 ms–1; 8 N (b) –0.08 ms–1; 16 N
through 3 m, the rope has to be pulled through (c) – 0.8 ms–1; 8 N (d) –1.6 ms–1; 16 N
12m. The efficiency of system is [2001] 16. A particle with total energy E is moving in a
(a) 50% (b) 75% potential energy region U(x). Motion of the
(c) 33% (d) 90% particle is restricted to the region when
10. A force acts on a 30 gm particle in such a waythat [NEET Kar. 2013]
the position of the particle as a function of time (a) U(x) > E (b) U(x) < E
is given by x = 3t – 4t2 + t3, where x is in metres (c) U(x) = O (d) U(x) £ E
and t is in seconds. The work done during the first 17. The potential energy of a system increases if
4 seconds is [1998] work is done [2011]
(a) 576mJ (b) 450mJ (a) upon the system by a non conservative
(c) 490mJ (d) 530mJ force
(b) by the system against a conservative force
11. A position dependent force, F = (7 – 2x + 3x2) N
(c) by the system against a non conservative
acts on a small body of mass 2 kg and displaces
force
it from x = 0 to x = 5 m. Work done in joule is
(d) upon the system by a conservative force
(a) 35 (b) 70 [1992] 18. An engine pumps water continuously through
(c) 135 (d) 270 a hose. Water leaves the hose with a velocity v
12. A bullet of mass 10g leaves a rifle at an initial and m is the mass per unit length of the water
velocity of 1000 m/s and strikes the earth at the jet. What is the rate at which kinetic energy is
same level with a velocity of 500 m/s. The work imparted to water? [2009]
done in joules overcoming the resistance of air 1
(a) mv2 (b) mv2
will be [1989] 2
(a) 375 (b) 3750 1 2 2 1
(c) 5000 (d) 500 (c) m v (d) mv3
2 2
Work, Energy and Power 45

19. A body of mass 1 kg is thrown upwards with a

16 2
velocity 20 m/s. It momentarily comes to rest (a) (b)
after attaining a height of 18 m. How much energy 25 5
is lost due to air friction? (g = 10 m/s2) 3 9
(a) 30 J (b) 40 J [2009] (c) (d)
5 25
(c) 10 J (d) 20 J
20. A particle of mass m1 is moving with a velocity 27. Two bodies of masses m and 4 m are moving
v1 and another particle of mass m2 is moving with equal K.E. The ratio of their linear momenta
with a velocity v2. Both of them have the same is [1997]
momentum but their different kinetic energies are (a) 4 : 1 (b) 1 : 1
E1 and E2 respectively. If m1 > m2 then [2004]
(a) E1 = E2 (b) E1 < E2 (c) 1 : 2 (d) 1 : 4
E1 m1 28. The kinetic energy acquired by a mass (m) in
(c) E = m (d) E1 > E2 travelling distance (s) starting from rest under
2 2
21. A ball of mass 2 kg and another of mass 4 kg are the action of a constant force is directly
dropped together from a 60 feet tall building. proportional to [1996, 1994]
After a fall of 30 feet each towards earth, their
(a) 1/ m (b) 1/m
respective kinetic energies will be in the ratio of
(a) 1 : Ö2 (b) Ö2 : 1 [2004] (c) (d) m0
m
(c) 1 : 4 (d) 1 : 2
22. When a long spring is stretched by 2 cm, its 29. If the momentum of a body is increased by 50%,
potential energy is U. If the spring is stretched then the percentage increase in its kinetic energy
by 10 cm, the potential energy stored in it will is [1995]
be [2003] (a) 50% (b) 100%
(a) 25 U (b) U/5
(c) 5 U (d) 10 U (c) 125% (d) 200%
23. If the kinetic energy of a particle is increased by 30. Consider a car moving along a straight horizantal
300%, the momentum of the particle will increase road with a speed of 72 km/h. If the coefficient
by [2002] of static friction between road and tyres is 0.5,
(a) 20% (b) 200% the shortest distance in which the car can be
(c) 100% (d) 50% stopped is [1994]
24. In a simple pendulum of length l the bob is (a) 30 m (b) 40 m
pulled aside from its equilibrium position (c) 72 m (d) 20 m
through an angle q and then released. The bob 31. Two masses of 1g and 9g are moving with equal
passes through the equilibrium position with kinetic energies. The ratio of the magnitudes
speed [2000] of their respective linear momenta is [1993]
(a) 2 g l(1 + cos q) (b) 2 g l sin q (a) 1 : 9 (b) 9 : 1
(c) 1 : 3 (d) 3 : 1
(c) 2gl (d) 2 g l(1 - cos q)
32. A 4 kg mass and 1 kg are moving with equal
25. Two bodies with kinetic energies in the ratio kinetic energies. The ratio of the magnitudes of
4:1aremovingwith equallinearmomentum.The their linear momenta is [1989]
ratio of their masses is [1999] (a) 1 : 2 (b) 1 : 1
(a) 1 : 2 (b) 1 : 1 (c) 2 : 1 (d) 4 : 1
(c) 4 : 1 (d) 1 : 4 33. Two bodies of masses m and 4m are moving
26. A rubber ball is dropped from a height of 5m on a with equal kinetic energies. The ratio of their
plane, where the acceleration due to gravity is not linear momenta will be [1988]
shown. On bouncing it rises to1.8 m. The ball loses (a) 1 : 4 (b) 4 : 1
its velocity on bouncing by a factor of [1998] (c) 1 : 2 (d) 2 : 1
 EBD_9090
46 PHYSICS
Topic 3: Power (c) it remains constant all through
34. A body of mass 1 kg begins to move under the (d) at the instant just after the body is projected
action of a time dependen t force 40. An engine pumps water through a hose pipe.
r Water passes through the pipe and leaves it with
F=(2tiˆ+3t 2 ˆj) N, where î and ĵ are unit vectors a velocity of 2 m/s. The mass per unit length of
alogn x and y axis. What power will be developed water in the pipe is 100 kg/m. What is the power
by the force at the time t? [2016] of the engine? [2010]
(a) (2t2 + 3t3)W (b) (2t2 + 4t4)W (a) 400 W (b) 200 W
(c) (2t3 + 3t4) W (d) (2t3 + 3t5)W (c) 100 W (d) 800 W
35. A particle of mass m is driven by a machine that 41. Water falls from a height of 60 m at the rate of
15 kg/s to operate a turbine. The losses due to
delivers a constant power of k watts. If the particle
frictional force are 10% of energy. How much
starts from rest the force on the particle at time t
power is generated by the turbine?( g = 10 m/
is [2015] s2 )
(a) mk t –1/2 (b) 2mk t –1/2 (a) 8.1 kW (b) 10.2 kW [2008]
(c) 12.3 kW (d) 7.0 kW
42. How much water, a pump of 2 kW can raise in
1 mk –1/2
(c) mk t –1/2 (d) t one minute to a height of 10 m, take g = 10
2 2 m/s2? [1990]
36. The heart of man pumps 5 litres of blood through (a) 1000 litres (b) 1200 litres
the arteries per minute at a pressure of 150 mm (c) 100 litres (d) 2000 litres
of mercury. If the density of mercury be Topic 4: Collisions
13.6 ×103 kg/m3 and g = 10m/s2 then the power
43. Two particles A and B, move with constant
of heart in watt is : [2015 RS] r r
(a) 2.35 (b) 3.0 velocities v1 and v 2 . At the initial moment their
(c) 1.50 (d) 1.70 r r
position vectors are r1 and r2 respectively. The
37. One coolie takes 1 minute to raise a suitcase
condition for particles A and B for their collision
through a height of 2 m but the second coolie
takes 30 s to raise the same suitcase to the same is: [2015 RS]
r r r r
height. The powers of two coolies are in the (a) r1 .v1 = r2 .v 2
ratio of [NEET Kar. 2013] r r r r
(b) r1 ´ v1 = r2 ´ v2
(a) 1 : 2 (b) 1 : 3 r r r r
(c) 2 : 1 (d) 3 : 1 (c) r1 - r2 = v1 - v2
38. A car of mass m starts from rest and accelerates r r r r
r -r v -v
so that the instantaneous power delivered to the (d) r1 r2 = r 2 r1
| r1 - r2 | | v 2 - v1 |
car has a constant magnitude P 0 . The
instantaneous velocity of this car is proportional 44. On a frictionless surface a block of mass M
to : [2012M] moving at speed v collides elastically with
(a) t 2 P 0 (b) t 1/2 another block of same mass M which is initially
t at rest. After collision the first block moves at an
(c) t –1/2 (d) v
m angle q to its initial direction and has a speed .
3
39. A body projected vertically from the earth
The second block's speed after the collision is :
reaches a height equal to earth's radius before
[2015 RS]
returning to the earth. The power exerted by the
gravitational force is greatest [2011] 3 3
(a) v (b) v
(a) at the highest position of the body 4 2
(b) at the instant just before the body hits the 3 2 2
earth (c) v (d) v
2 3
Work, Energy and Power 47

45. A ball is thrown vertically downwards from a

1 ˆ 3 ˆ 1 ˆ 2 ˆ
height of 20 m with an initial velocity v0. It (a) vi + v j (b) vi + v j
collides with the ground loses 50 percent of 4 2 3 3
its energy in collision and rebounds to the same 2 ˆ 1 ˆ 3 ˆ 1 ˆ
height. The initial velocity v0 is : [2015 RS] (c) vi + v j (d) vi + v j
3 3 2 4
(Take g = 10 ms–2)
(a) 20 ms–1 (b) 28 ms–1 51. A ball moving with velocity 2 m/s collides head
(c) 10 ms –1 (d) 14 ms–1 on with another stationary ball of double the
46. A body of mass (4m) is lying in x-y plane at rest. mass. If the coefficient of restitution is 0.5, then
It suddenly explodes into three pieces. Two their velocities (in m/s) after collision will be:
pieces, each of mass (m) move perpendicular to (a) 0, 1 (b) 1, 1 [2010]
each other with equal speeds (v). The total kinetic (c) 1, 0.5 (d) 0, 2
energy generated due to explosion is : [2014] 52. An explosion blows a rock into three parts. Two
parts go off at right angles to each other. These
3 two are, 1 kg first part moving with a velocity of
(a) mv2 (b) mv2
2 12 ms–1 and 2 kg second part moving with a
(c) 2 mv2 (d) 4 mv2 velocity of 8 ms–1. If the third part flies off with
47. An explosion breaks a rock into three parts in a a velocity of 4 ms–1, its mass would be:[2009]
horizontal plane. Two of them go off at right (a) 7 kg (b) 17 kg
angles to each other. The first part of mass 1 kg (c) 3 kg (d) 5 kg
moves with a speed of 12 ms–1 and the second 53. A shell of mass 200 gm is ejected from a gun of
part of mass 2 kg moves with speed 8 ms–1. If mass 4 kg by an explosion that generates 1.05 kJ
the third part flies off with speed 4 ms–1 then its of energy. The initial velocity of the shell is:
mass is [2013] (a) 100 ms–1 (b) 80 ms–1 [2008]
(a) 5 kg (b) 7 kg (c) 40 ms–1 (d) 120 ms–1
(c) 17 kg (d) 3 kg 54. A bomb of mass 30 kg at rest explodes into two
48. A solid cylinder of mass 3 kg is rolling on a pieces of masses 18 kg and 12 kg. The velocity
horizontal surface with velocity 4 ms–1 . It of 18 kg mass is 6 ms–1. The kinetic energy of
collides with a horizontal spring of force the other mass is [2005]
constant 200 Nm–1. The maximum compression (a) 324 J (b) 486 J
produced in the spring will be : [2012] (c) 256 J (d) 524 J
(a) 0.5 m (b) 0.6 m 55. A mass of 0.5 kg moving with a speed of 1.5 m/s
(c) 0.7 m (d) 0.2 m on a horizontal smooth surface, collides with a
49. Two spheres A and B of masses m1 and m2 nearly weightless spring of force constant
respectively collide. A is at rest initially and B is k = 50 N/m. The maximum compression of the
moving with velocity v along x-axis. After spring would be [2004]
v
collision B has a velocity in a direction
2
perpendicular to the original direction. The
mass A moves after collision in the direction.
(a) Same as that of B [2012] (a) 0.5 m (b) 0.15 m
(b) Opposite to that of B (c) 0.12 m (d) 1.5 m
(c) q = tan–1 (1/2) to the x-axis 56. A stationary particle explodes into two particles
(d) q = tan–1 (–1/2) to the x-axis of masses m1 and m2 which move in opposite
50. A mass m moving horizontally (along the x-axis) directions with velocities v1 and v2. The ratio of
with velocity v collides and sticks to mass of 3m their kinetic energies E1/E2 is [2003]
moving vertically upward (along the y-axis) with (a) m1v2/m2v1 (b) m2/m1
velocity 2v. The final velocity of the combination (c) m1/m2 (d) 1
is [2011M]
 EBD_9090
48 PHYSICS
57. A bomb ofmass 1 kg is thrown verticallyupwards 61. A body of mass m moving with velocity 3 km/h
with a speed of 100 m/s. After 5 seconds it collides with a body of mass 2 m at rest. Now
explodes into two fragments. One fragment of the coalesced mass starts to move with a
mass 400 gm is found to go down with a speed velocity [1996]
of 25 m/s. What will happen to the second
fragment just after the explosion? (g = 10 m/s2) (a) 1 km/h (b) 2 km/h
[2000] (c) 3 km/h (d) 4 km/h
(a) It will go upward with speed 40 m/s 62. A shell is fired from a cannon, it explodes in mid
(b) It will go upward with speed 100 m/s air, its total [1994]
(c) It will go upward with speed 60 m/s (a) momentum increases
(d) It will also go downward with speed 40m/s (b) momentum decreases
58. Two equal masses m1 and m2 moving along (c) K.E. increases
the same straight line with velocities + 3 m/s
(d) K.E. decreases
and – 5m/s respectively, collide elastically.
63. Two identical balls A and B moving with
Their velocities after the collision will be
velocities +0.5 m/s and –0.3 m/s respectively,
respectively. [1998]
collide head on elastically. The velocities of the
(a) –3 m/s & +5 m/s (b) + 4 m/s for both balls A and B after collision, will be, respectively
(c) –4 m/s & +4 m/s (d) –5m/s & +3 m/s (a) +0.5 m/s and +0.3 m/s [1991]
59. A molecule of mass m of an ideal gas collides (b) – 0.3 m/s and +0.5 m/s
with the wall of a vessel with a velocity v and (c) +0.3 m/s and 0.5 m/s
returns back with the same velocity. The change (d) –0.5 m/s and +0.3 m/s
in linear momentum of molecule is [1997] 64. A body of mass 5 kg explodes at rest into three
(a) 2 mv (b) 4 mv fragments with masses in the ratio 1 : 1 : 3. The
fragments with equal masses fly in mutually
(c) 8 mv (d) 10 mv
perpendicular directions with speeds of 21 m/s.
60. A metal ball of mass 2 kg moving with a velocity The velocity of heaviest fragment in m/s will be
of 36 km/h has a head on collision with a (a) (b) [1989]
7 2 5 2
stationary ball of mass 3 kg. If after the collision,
the two balls move together, the loss in kinetic (c) 3 2 (d) 2
energy due to collision is [1997] 65. The co-efficient of restitution e for a perfectly
elastic collision is [1988]
(a) 140 J (b) 100 J
(a) 1 (b) 0
(c) 60 J (d) 40 J (c) ¥ (d) –1

ANSWER KEY
1 (c) 9 (b) 17 (d) 24 (d) 31 (c) 38 (b) 45 (a) 52 (d) 59 (a)
2 (b) 10 (a) 18 (d) 25 (d) 32 (c) 39 (b) 46 (b) 53 (a) 60 (c)
3 (d) 11 (c) 19 (d) 26 (b) 33 (c) 40 (d) 47 (a) 54 (b) 61 (a)
4 (d) 12 (b) 20 (b) 27 (c) 34 (d) 41 (a) 48 (b) 55 (b) 62 (c)
5 (a) 13 (a) 21 (d) 28 (d) 35 (d) 42 (b) 49 (c) 56 (b) 63 (b)
6 (b) 14 (d) 22 (a) 29 (c) 36 (d) 43 (d) 50 (a) 57 (b) 64 (a)
7 (a) 15 (c) 23 (c) 30 (b) 37 (a) 44 (d) 51 (a) 58 (d) 65 (a)
8 (b) 16 (d)
Work, Energy and Power 49

Hints & Solutions

1. (c) From work-energy theorem, 1 2
Wg + Wa = DK.E mg(h + d) = kd
2
1 2
or, mgh + Wa = mv - 0 1 2
2 Net work done = mg(h + d) - kd = 0
2
1
10 -3 ´ 10 ´ 103 + Wa = ´ 10 -3 ´ (50) 2
2
Þ Wa = –8.75 J h
which is the work done due to air resistance
Work done due to gravity = mgh d
= 10–3 × 10 × 103 = 10 J
2. (b) As we know work done in stretching spring
1 2
w= kx
2
d 2s 2
where k = spring constant 6. (b) Acceleration = 2
= m/s2
x = extension dt 3
Case (a) If extension (x) is same, Force acting on the body
1 2
W= K x2 = 3´ = 2 newton
2 3
So, WP > WQ (Q KP > KQ)
1 4
Displacement in 2 secs = ´ 2´ 2 = m
F2 3 3
Case (b) If spring force (F) is same W =
2K
4 8
So, WQ > WP Work done = 2 ´ = J
r 3 3
3. (d) Given : F = 3i$ + $j 7. (a) Work done against gravity = mg sin q × d
ur r
$ $ uur
( ) (
$ $
r1 = 2i + k , r2 = 4i + 3j - k ) = 2 × 10 × 10
= 200 J
(d sin q = 10)

uur ur r
r $ $
( ) (
$ $
r = r2 - r1 = 4i + 3j - k – 2i + k ) Actual work done = 300 J
Work done against friction = 300 – 200 =
r
or r = 2i$ + 3$j – 2k$ 100 J
rr 8. (b)
So work done by the given force w = f .r F(N)

( )( )
= 3i$ + $j . 2i$ + 3j$ - 2k$ = 6 + 3 = 9J
A B
4. (d) Work done = area under F-d graph 3
2
é1 ù
= [2 ´ (7 - 3)] + ê ´ 2 ´ (12 - 7)ú 1 C
ë2 û x(m)
=8+5 0
= 13 J. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5. (a) Gravitational potential energy of ball gets Work done = area under F-x graph
converted into elastic potential energy of the = area of trapezium OABC
spring. 1
= (3 + 6) (3) = 13.5 J
2
 EBD_9090
50 PHYSICS
output work v2 30
So, x
9. (b) Efficiency = ò vdV = ò dx
input work v1 20 100
i.e. Efficiency V2 30
V2 x2 30 ´ 30 20 ´ 20
´ ´ ´ = = –
= 75g 3 = 75 10 3 = 0.75 = 75% –
2 200 200 200
250 ´ 12 250 ´ 12 V1 20

10. (a) x = 3t –4t2 + t3 = 4.5 – 2 = 2.5

dx
dt
= 3 - 8t + 3t 2
1
2
( )
m V22 – V12 = 10 ´ 2.5 J = – 25J
Final K.E.
d2x
Acceleration = = -8 + 6t 1 2 1 2 1
dt 2 = mv2 = mv1 – 25 = ´ 10 ´ 10 ´ 10 – 25
2 2 2
Acceleration after 4 sec
= –8 + 6 × 4 = 16 ms–2 = 500 – 25 = 475 J
Displacement in 4 sec 15. (c) According to law of conservation of
= 3 ×4 – 4 × 42 + 43 = 12 m momentum
\ Work = Force × displacement MV + mnv = 0
= Mass × acc. × disp. - mNv -0.01 kg ´ 10 ´ 800 m/s
= 3 × 10–3 × 16 × 12 = 576 mJ ÞV = =
M 100
s s Þ – 0.8 m/s
11. (c) W = ò Fdx = ò (7 - 2 x + 3x 2 )dx According to work energy theorem,
0 0 Average work done = Change in average
kinetic energy
= [7 x - x + x3 ]50 = 135 J
2
1
1 i.e., Fav ´ Sav = mVrms
2

12. (b) W = DE = m(v12 - v2 2 ) 2

2 2
FavVmax t 1 Vrms
1 Þ = m
= ´ 0.01[(1000) 2 - (500) 2 ] = 3750J. 2 2 2
2 Þ Fav = 8 N
10 16. (d) As the particle is moving in a potential
13. (a) Given: Mass of particle, M = 10g = kg
1000 energy region.
radius of circle R = 6.4 cm \ Kinetic energy ³ 0
Kinetic energy E of particle = 8 × 10–4J And, total energy E = K.E. + P.E.
acceleration at = ? Þ U(x) £ E
17. (d) When work is done upon a system by a
1 1 æ 10 ö 2 conservative force then its potential energy
mv 2 = E Þ ç ÷ v = 8 × 10–4
2 2 è 1000 ø increases.
Þ v2 = 16 × 10–2 18. (d) m : mass per unit length
Þ v = 4 × 10–1 = 0.4 m/s \ rate of mass leaving the the hose per sec
Now, using mx
v2 = u2 + 2ats (s = 4pR) = = mv .
t
æ 22 6.4 ö 1 1
(0.4)2 = 02 + 2at ç 4 ´ ´ ÷ Rate of K.E.= (mv) v2 = mv3
è 7 100 ø 2 2
19. (d) When the body is thrown upwards. its K.E
7 ´ 100
Þ at = (0.4)2 × = 0.1 m/s2 is converted into P.E. The loss of energy due to
8 ´ 22 ´ 6.4 air friction is the difference of K.E and P.E.
14. (d) From, F = ma 1 1
mv 2 – mgh = ×1× 400 – 1×18×10
F 0.1x dV 2 2
a= = = 0.01x = V
m 10 dx = 200 – 180 = 20 J
Work, Energy and Power 51
24. (d) If l is length of pendulum and q be angular
p2
20. (b) E= amplitude then height
2m
A
2 2
or, E = p1 , E = p2 q
1 2
2 m1 2m2
l

p12 p22
or, m1 = , m2 =
2 E1 2 E2 C
p
m h
m1 > m2 Þ 1 > 1 B
m2
h = AB – AC = l – l cos q = l(1 – cos q)
p12 E2E
\ >1 Þ 2 >1 [Q p1 = p2 ] At extreme position, potential energy is maximum
2 E1 and kinetic energy is zero; At mean (equilibrium)
E1P2
position potential energy is zero and kinetic
or, E2 > E1 energy is maximum, so from principle of
21. (d) Since height is same for both balls, their conservation of energy.
velocities on reaching the ground will be same
(KE + PE ) at P = (KE + PE ) at B
1
m v2 1 2
K .E1 2 1 0 m 2 1 0 + mgh = mv + 0
\ = = 1 = = 2
K .E2 1 m2 4 2
m v2
2 2 0 Þv= 2 gh = 2 g l(1– cos q)
22. (a) If k be the spring constant, then 1
(K.E )1 m1v12 m1v12 4
4
1 25. (d) = 2 = Þ =
U= ´ k ´ (2)2 = 2k (K.E ) 2 1 2 1 m v 2 1
2 m2 v 2 2 2
2
1 (m1v1 )2 m2 p12 m2 4
Ufinal = ´ k ´ (10) 2 = 50 k =
4
´ =
2 Þ 1 Þ p22 m1 1
(m2 v2 ) 2 m1
U 2k 1 2
ÞU = = m2 4 ´ p2 4 m1 1
final 50 k 25 = = ´ 1 Þ =
m1 1 ´ p 2 1 m2 4
1
Þ U final = 25U
[Given: p1=p2]
23. (c) New K.E., E' = 4E 26. (b) According to principle of conservation of
energy
p = 2 mE and p ¢ = 2 mE ¢
Loss in potential energy = Gain in kinetic energy

p' 2m ´ 4 E 1 2
= =2 Þ mgh = mv Þ v = 2 gh
p 2mE 2
If h1 and h2 are initial and final heights, then
p'
- 1 = 2 - 1 [on substrating 1 in both sides.]
p v1 = 2 gh1 , v2 = 2 gh2
Loss in velocity
p '- p
´ 100 = (2 - 1) ´ 100 = 100% Dv = v1 – v2 = 2 gh1 – 2 gh2
p
 EBD_9090
52 PHYSICS
\ Fractional loss in velocity v12 v
Þ = 9 or 1 = 3
Dv 2 gh1 – 2 gh2 h2 v22
v2
= = 1–
v1 = 2 gh1 h1 Ratio of their linear momenta
m1v1 1 1
1.8 2 = = ´ (3) =
= 1– = 1 – 0.36 = 1 – 0.6 = 0.4 = m2 v2 9 3
5 5
27. (c) m1 = m, m2 = 4 m 1 2
K . E1 = K . E2 32. (c) E= mv . Hence, mv = (2mE)1/2. For
2
1 1 1 2 1 same KE, momentum µ m . Hence, the ratio
m1v12 = m2 v22 ; mv1 = 4m v22
2 2 2 2 is 2 : 1.
v1 K1 p2 m 2
= 2 Þ v1 = 2v2 = 1 ´ 22 [Q p = mv Þ K = p ]
v2 33. (c) K 2 m1 p2 2m
Linear momentum of first body
p1 M1 1 1
Linear momentum of second body Hence, p = M2
=
4 2
=
2
m1v1 m.2v2 1 r
= = = 34. (d) Given force F = 2tiˆ + 3t 2 ˆj
m2 v2 4mv2 2
According to Newton's second law of motion,
1 2 r
28. (d) K.E. = mv dv
2 m = 2tiˆ + 3t 2 ˆj (m = 1 kg)
dt
Further, v 2 = u 2 + 2 as = 0 + 2 ad = 2 ad r
v t
r
= 2(F / m) d
ò ò ( 2tiˆ + 3t ˆj) dt
2
Þ dv =
1 0 0
Hence, K.E. = m ´ 2( F / m ) d = Fd
2 r
or, K.E. acquired = Work done Þ v = t 2 ˆi + t 3 ˆj
= F × d = constant. r r
Power P = F·v (2t iˆ + 3t 2 ˆj) · (t 2 ˆi + t 3 ˆj)
i.e., it is independent of mass m.
29. (c) Initial momentum (p1) = p; Final momentum = (2t3 + 3t5)W
(p2) = 1.5 p and initial kinetic energy (K1) = K. dw
35. (d) As we know power P =
p2 dt
Kinetic energy ( K ) = µ p2 1
2m Þ w = Pt = mV 2
2
2 2
K1 æ p1 ö æ p ö 1 2Pt
or, =ç ÷ =ç ÷ = So, v =
K 2 è p2 ø è 1.5 p ø 2.25 m
or, K2 = 2.25 K. dV 2P 1
Therefore, increase in kinetic energy is Hence, acceleration a = = .
dt m 2 t
2.25 K – K = 1.25 K or 125%. Therefore, force on the particle at time ‘t’
30. (b) Force due to friction = kinetic energy
1 2Km 2 1 Km mK –1/2
m mg s = mv 2 = ma = . = = t
2 m 2 t 2t 2
[Here, v = 72 km/h rr r
36. (d) Power F.V = PAV = rghAV
72000
= = 20m / s ] é F ù
60 ´ 60
êëQ P = A and P = rgh úû
v2 20 ´ 20
or , s = = = 40m = 13.6 × 103 × 10 × 150 × 10–3 × 0.5 × 10–3/60
2mg 2 ´ 0.5 ´ 10
102
1 1 = = 1.70 watt
31. (c) (1)v12 = (9) v22 60
2 2
Work, Energy and Power 53

w = ( 9000 – 900) watt = 8100 watt = 8.1 kW

37. (a) Q Power P =
t W
42. (b) P= . Here, P = 2kW = 2000 W..
P t 30s 30s 1 t
Þ 1 = 2 = = =
P2 t1 1 minute 60s 2 W = Mgh = M × 10 × 10 = 100 M
and t = 60 s.
(t1 = 1 minute; t2 = 30 second given)
This gives, M = 1200 kg
38. (b) Constant power of car P0 = F.V = ma.v Its volume = 1200 litre as 1 litre of water contains
dv 1 kg of its mass.
P0 = m .v ur
dt 43. (d) For collision V B/A should be along
P0 dt = mvdv Integrating r
B ® A ( rA/B )
mv 2 ur ur r r
P0 .t = V 2 - V1 r1 - r2
2 So, V - V =
2 1 r1 - r2
2 P0t
v= V1 V2
m
Q P0 , m and 2 are constant
\ vµ t
39. (b) Power exerted by a force is given by A B
P = F.v A B
When the body is just above the earth’s surface, 44. (d) Here, M1 = M2 and u2 = 0
its velocity is greatest. At this instant,
V
gravitational force is also maximum. Hence, the u1 = V, V1 = ; V2 = ?
power exerted by the gravitational force is 3
greatest at the instant just before the body hits V1=V/3
the earth.
40. (d) Amount of water flowing per second from
the pipe u2=0 M1 q
u1=V
M1 M2
m m l æmö M2 f
= = . = ç ÷v
time l t èlø
Power = K.E. of water flowing per second V2=?
1æmö 2
From figure, along x-axis,
= ç ÷v ×v M1u1 + M2u2 = M1V1 cosq + M2V2 cosf ...(i)
2è l ø
Along y-axis
1æmö 3 0 = M1V1 sinq – M2Vs sinf
= ç ÷v ...(ii)
2è l ø By law of conservation of kinetic energy
1 1 1 1 1
= ´100 ´ 8 = 400 W M1u12 + M 2 u 22 = M1V12 + M 2 V22
2 2 2 2 2
41. (a) Given, h = 60m, g = 10 ms–2, ...(iii)
Rate of flow of water = 15 kg/s Putting M1 = M2 and u2 = 0 in equation (i), (ii)
\ Power of the falling water and (iii) we get
= 15 kgs–1 × 10 ms–2 × 60 m = 900 watt.
p
Loss in energy due to friction q + f= = 90°
10 2
= 9000 ´ = 900 watt. 2 2 2
100 and u1 = V1 + V2
\ Power generated by the turbine
 EBD_9090
54 PHYSICS
2 47. (a) y
æVö 2 é Vù
V = ç ÷ + V2 êQ u1 = V and V1 = ú
2
2 kg m2
è3ø ë 3û
2 8 m/sec Presultant
æ Vö
or, V2 – ç ÷ = V22
è3ø 12 m/sec
m1
c x
V2 -
V2
= V22 /se 1 kg
9 4m
3
m
8 2 2 2
or V22 = V Þ V2 = V
9 3 Presultant = 122 + 162
45. (a) When ball collides with the ground it loses
its 50% of energy = 144 + 256 = 20
m3v3 = 20 (momentum of third part)
1
KEf 1 mVf2 20
= Þ 2 1 or, m3 = = 5 kg
\ = M 4
KEi 2 1 2 2
mVi 48. (b) At maximum compression the solid cylinder
2 will stop so loss in K.E. of cylinder = gain in P.E.
Vf 1
or V = of spring
i 2
1 2 1 2 1 2
Þ mv + I w = kx
2gh 1 2 2 2
= M
or, 2 2
V0 + 2gh 1 2 1 mR 2 æ v ö 1 2
2
Þ mv + çè ÷ø = kx
or, 4gh = V02 + 2gh 2 2 2 R 2
\ V0 = 20ms–1 3 2 1 2
Þ mv = kx
46. (b) By conservation of linear momentum 4 2
v 3 1
2mv1 = 2mv Þ v1 = Þ ´ 3 ´ (4)2 = ´ 200 x 2
2 4 2
v 36
m Þ = x 2 Þ x = 0.6 m
100
49. (c) m2 m1
m B ®v A
v
u=0
2m conservation of linear momentum along
v1 x-direction
As two masses of each of mass m move m2 v
perpendicular to each other. m2v = m1vx Þ = vx
Total KE generated m1
1 1 1 along y-direction
= mv 2 + mv 2 + (2m)v12
2 2 2 v m v
m2 ´ = m1v y Þ v y = 2
2 2m1
mv2 3 2
= mv2 + = mv Note: Let A moves in the direction, which
2 2
makes an angle q with initial direction i.e.
Work, Energy and Power 55

vy v = 4 m/s
m2 v m2 v
tan q = = 12
vx 2m1 2m1
M = vcos θ
1
tan q = 12× 5 60
2 M= = = 5 kg
4 × 3 12
æ 1ö –1
Þ q = tan–1 çè ÷ø to the x-axis. 2 kg, 8 ms
2
50. (a) As the two masses stick together after
collision, hence it is inelastic collision. Therefore,
–1
only momentum is conserved. 1 kg 12 ms
q
2v

M
x 53. (a) Let the initial velocity of the shell be v, then
m v 3m by the conservation of momentum mv = Mv '
r
ˆ ˆ
\ mvi + 3m(2v) j = (4m)v where v ' = velocity of gun.
r v 6 æmö
v = ˆi + vjˆ \ v' = ç ÷ v
4 4 èMø
vˆ 3 ˆ 1 1
= i + vj Now, total K.E. = mv 2 + Mv'2
4 2 2 2
51. (a) Clearly v1 = 2 ms –1, v2 = 0 1 1 æ m ö
2

m1 = m (say), m2 = 2m = mv2 + M ç ÷ v2
2 2 èMø
v1' = ?, v'2 = ?
v1 '- v2 ' 1 é mù
= mv 2 ê1 + ú
e= v -v ....(i) 2 ë Mû
2 1
By conservation of momentum, æ1 ö æ 0.2 ö 2
= ç ´ 0.2 ÷ ç1 + ÷ v = (0.1×1.05)v
2
2m = mv1' + 2mv2' ... (ii) è2 øè 4 ø
From (i), But total K.E. = 1.05 kJ = 1.05 × 103 J
\ 1.05 × 103 = 0.1 × 1.05 × v2
v2 '- v1 '
0.5 = 1.05 ´ 103
2 Þ v2 = = 10 4
0.1 ´ 1.05
\ 2v ' = 1 + v1'
From (ii), \ v = 102 = 100 ms–1.
2 = v1'+ 2 + 2 v1' 54. (b) From conservation of linear momentum
m1v1 + m2v2 = 0
Þ v1' = 0 and v2' = 1 ms–1
52. (d) Let two parts of the rock move along x- æ –m ö æ -18 ö -1
v2 = ç 1 ÷ v1 = ç ÷ø 6 = -9ms
axis and y-axis respectively. è m2 ø è 12
If M and v be the mass and velocities of third 1 2 1 2
part then K.E. = m2 v2 = ´ 12 ´ 9 = 486 J
2 2
Mv cos q = 12 1 2 1 2
Mv sin q =16 55. (b) mv = kx
2 2
16 4 Þ mv2 = kx2
tan q = =
12 3 or 0.5 × (1.5)2 = 50×x2
3 \ x = 0.15 m
cos q =
5
 EBD_9090
56 PHYSICS
56. (b) From conservation law of momentum, 60. (c) Applying conservation of momentum,
before collision and after collision linear m1v1 = (m1 + m2)v
momentum (p) will be same. That is,
m1v1
initial momentum = final momentum. v = (m + m )
Þ 0 = m1v1 – m2v2 Þ m1v1 = m2v2 1 2
p1 = p2 Here, v1 = 36 km/hr = 10 m/s
p 2 m1 = 2 kg, m2 = 3 kg
Now, E =
2m 10 ´ 2
v= = 4 m/s
E1 p12
2m 5
\ = ´ 22 1 2
E2 2m1 P2 K.E. (initial) = ´ 2 ´ (10) = 100 J
2
E1 m2 1
Þ = 2
K.E. (Final) = ´ (3 + 2) ´ (4) = 40 J
E2 m1 [ p1 = p2] 2
57. (b) Speed of bomb after 5 second, Loss in K.E. = 100 – 40 = 60 J
v = u – gt = 100 –10×5 = 50m/s
Momentum of 400 g fragment 61. (a) Applying law of conservation of
momentum,
400
= ´ (-25) [downward] m1u1 + m2u2 = (m1 + m2)v
1000
or, m1u1 = (m1 + m2)v (Q u2 = 0)
600
Momentum of 600g fragment = v (3 ´ 1000)
1000 Þm = 3m (v)
3600
Momentum of bomb = 1 × 50 = 50
From conservation of momentum 1000
Þv= m / s = 1 km / hr
Total momentum before splitting = total 3600
momentum after splitting. 62. (c) When shell explodes in mid air its chemical
400 600 energy is partly converted into mechanical
Þ 50 = - ´ 25 + v
1000 1000 energy, hence K.E. increases.
Þ v = 100 m/s [upward] 63. (b) When the identical balls collide head-on,
58. (d) In elastic collision, the velocities get inter their velocities are exchanged.
changed if the colliding objects have equal 64. (a) Masses of the pieces are 1, 1, 3 kg. Hence
masses.
(1 ´ 21)2 + (1 ´ 21)2 = (3 ´ V ) 2
Initial momentum = mv
mv Final momentum = m (–v) That is, V = 7 2 m/s
59. (a)
change in momentum 65. (a) e = | v1 – v2 |/ | u1 – u2 | which is 1 for a
= mv – m(–v) = 2mv perfectly elastic collision.
 Chapter

6 System of Particles and

Rotational Motion

Topic 1: Centre of Mass, Centre of Gravity 5. Two bodies of mass 1 kg and 3 kg have position
& Principle of Moments vectors ˆi + 2 ˆj + kˆ and – 3iˆ – 2 ˆj + kˆ respec-
1. Which of the following statements are correct ? tively. The centre of mass of this system has a
[2017] position vector: [2009]
(A) Centre of mass of a body always coincides (a) – 2 ˆi – ˆj+ kˆ (b) 2 ˆi – ˆj – 2kˆ
with the centre of gravity of the body
(B) Centre of mass of a body is the point at (c) – ˆi + ˆj + kˆ (d) – 2 ˆi + 2kˆ
which the total gravitational torque on the 6. If the linear density (mass per unit length) of a
body is zero rod of length 3m is proportional to x, where x is
(C) A couple on a body produce both the distance from one end of the rod, the distance
translational and rotation motion in a body of the centre of gravity of the rod from this end
(D) Mechanical advantage greater than one is [2002]
means that small effort can be used to lift a
(a) 2.5 m (b) 1 m
large load
(c) 1.5 m (d) 2 m
(a) (A) and (B) (b) (B) and (C)
(c) (C) and (D) (d) (B) and (D) 7. A solid sphere of radius R is placed on a smooth
2. Two persons of masses 55 kg and 65 kg horizontal surface. A horizontal force F is applied
respectively, are at the opposite ends of a boat. at height h from the lowest point. For the maximum
The length of the boat is 3.0 m and weighs acceleration of the centre of mass, [2002]
100 kg. The 55 kg man walks up to the 65 kg man (a) h = R
and sits with him. If the boat is in still water the (b) h = 2R
centre of mass of the system shifts by : [2012]
(c) h = 0
(a) 3.0 m (b) 2.3 m
(c) zero (d) 0.75 m (d) The acceleration will be same whatever h
3. Three masses are placed on the x-axis : 300 g at may be
origin, 500 g at x = 40 cm and 400 g at x = 70 cm. 8. The centre of mass of a system of particles does
The distance of the centre of mass from the not depend upon [1997]
origin is : [2012M] (a) masses of the particles
(a) 40 cm (b) 45 cm (b) forces acting on the particles
(c) 50 cm (d) 30 cm (c) position of the particles
4. Two particles which are initially at rest, move (d) relative distances between the particles
towards each other under the action of their 9. In carbon monoxide molecule, the carbon and
internal attraction. If their speeds are v and 2v at the oxygen atoms are separated by a distance
any instant, then the speed of centre of mass of 1.12 × 10–10 m. The distance of the centre of
the system will be: [2010] mass, from the carbon atom is [1997]
(a) 2v (b) zero (a) 0.64 × 10–10 m (b) 0.56 × 10–10 m
(c) 1.5 (d) v (c) 0.51 × 10–10 m (d) 0.48 × 10–10 m
 EBD_9090
58 PHYSICS
Topic 2: Angular Displacement, Velocity and 17. A uniform circular disc of radius 50 cm at rest is
Acceleration free to turn about an axis which is perpendicular
10. A wheel has angular acceleration of 3.0 rad/sec2 to its plane and passes through its centre. It is
and an initial angular speed of 2.00 rad/sec. In a subjected to a torque which produces a constant
time of 2 sec it has rotated through an angle (in angular acceleration of 2.0 rad s–2 . Its net
radian) of [2007] acceleration in ms–2 at the end of 2.0s is
(a) 10 (b) 12 approximately : [2016]
(c) 4 (d) 6 (a) 8.0 (b) 7.0
11. A wheel of radius 1m rolls forward half a (c) 6.0 (d) 3.0
revolution on a horizontal ground. The 18. A mass m moves in a circle on a smooth
magnitude of the displacement of the point of horizontal plane with velocity v0 at a radius R0.
the wheel initially in contact with the ground is The mass is attached to string which passes
[2002] through a smooth hole in the plane as shown.
v0
(a) p (b) 2p

(c) 2p (d) p2 + 4
m
12. Two racing cars of masses m1 and m2 are moving
in circles of radii r1 and r2 respectively. Their
speeds are such that each makes a complete
circle in the same time t. The ratio of the angular The tension in the string is increased gradually
speeds of the first to the second car is [1999] R
and finally m moves in a circle of radius 0 .
(a) 1 : 1 (b) m1 : m2 2
(c) r1 : r2 (d) m1 m2 : r1r2 The final value of the kinetic energy is [2015]
13. If a flywheel makes 120 revolutions/minute, then 1
(a) mv02 (b) 2mv02
its angular speed will be [1996] 4
(a) 8 p rad/sec (b) 6 p rad/sec
1
(c) 4 p rad/sec (d) 2 p rad/s (c) mv02 (d) mv20
14. The angular speed of an engine wheel making 2
90 revolutions per minute is [1995] 19. A rod of weight W is supported by two parallel
(a) 1.5 p rad/s (b) 3p rad/s knife edges A and B and is in equilibrium in a
(c) 4.5 p rad/s (d) 6p rad/s horizontal position. The knives are at a distance
15. Two racing cars of masses m and 4m are moving d from each other. The centre of mass of the rod
in circles of radii r and 2r respectively. If their is at distance x from A. The normal reaction on A
speeds are such that each makes a complete is [2015]
circle in the same time, then the ratio of the Wd W(d – x)
angular speeds of the first to the second car is (a) (b)
x x
[1995] W(d – x) Wx
(a) 8 : 1 (b) 4 : 1 (c) (d)
d d
(c) 2 : 1 (d) 1 : 1
20. An automobile moves on a road with a speed of
Topic 3: Torque, Couple and Angular 54 km h-1. The radius of its wheels is 0.45 m and
Momentum the moment of inertia of the wheel about its axis
16. A rope is wound around a hollow cylinder of of rotation is 3 kg m2. If the vehicle is brought to
mass 3 kg and radius 40 cm. What is the angular rest in 15s, the magnitude of average torque
acceleration of the cylinder if the rope is pulled transmitted by its brakes to the wheel is :
with a force of 30 N ? [2017] [2015 RS]
(a) 0.25 rad/s2 (b) 25 rad/s2 (a) 8.58 kg m2 s-2 (b) 10.86 kg m2 s-2
(c) 5 m/s2 (d) 25 m/s2 (c) 2.86 kg m2 s-2 (d) 6.66 kg m2 s-2
System of Particles and Rotational Motion 59
21. Point masses m1 and m 2 are placed at the 25. Two discs are rotating about their axes, normal
opposite ends of a rigid rod of length L, and to the discs and passing through the centres of
negligible mass. The rod is to be set rotating the discs. Disc D1 has 2 kg mass and 0.2 m radius
about an axis perpendicular to it. The position and initial angular velocity of 50 rad s–1. Disc
of point P on this rod through which the axis D2 has 4kg mass, 0.1 m radius and initial angular
should pass so that the work required to set the velocity of 200 rad s–1 . The two discs are
rod rotating with angular velocity w0 is minimum, brought in contact face to face, with their axes
is given by : [2015 RS] of rotation coincident. The final angular velocity
w0 (in rad s–1) of the system is [NEET Kar. 2013]
(a) 40 (b) 60
(c) 100 (d) 120
m1 P m2 26. When a mass is rotating in a plane about a fixed
point, its angular momentum is directed along :
x (L–x)
[2012]
(a) a line perpendicular to the plane of rotation
(b) the line making an angle of 45° to the plane
m1 m2 of rotation
(a) x= L (b) x = m L (c) the radius
m2 1
(d) the tangent to the orbit
m2 L m1L
(c) x = m + m (d) x = m + m 27. ABC is an equilateral triangle with O as its centre.
ur ur ur
1 2 1 2
r F 1, F 2 and F 3 represent three forces acting
22. A force F = a ˆi + 3jˆ + 6kˆ is acting at a point along the sides AB, BC and AC respectively. If
r
r = 2iˆ - 6jˆ - 12kˆ . The value of a for which the total torque about O is zero the magnitude
ur
angular momentum about origin is conserved of F 3 is : [2012, 1998]
is : [2015 RS] A
(a) 2 (b) zero
F3
(c) 1 (d) –1
23. A solid cylinder of mass 50 kg and radius 0.5 m
O
is free to rotate about the horizontal axis. A
massless string is wound round the cylinder with B
one end attached to it and other hanging freely. F2
C
Tension in the string required to produce an
F1
angular acceleration of 2 revolutions s– 2 is :
(a) 25 N (b) 50 N [2014] (a) F1 + F2 (b) F1 – F2
(c) 78.5 N (d) 157 N
24. A rod PQ of mass M and length L is hinged at F1 + F2
(c) (d) 2(F1 + F2)
end P. The rod is kept horizontal by a massless 2
string tied to point Q as shown in figure. When 28. A circular platform is mounted on a frictionless
string is cut, the initial angular acceleration of
the rod is [2013] vertical axle. Its radius R = 2 m and its moment of
inertia about the axle is 200 kgm2. It is initially at
rest. A 50 kg man stands on the edge of the
platform and begins to walk along the edge at
the speed of 1 ms–1 relative to the ground. Time
taken by the man to complete one revolution is
3p
(a) ps (b) s [2012M]
2
(a) g /L (b) 2g/L p
(c) 2ps (d) s
2g 3g 2
(c) (d)
3L 2L
 EBD_9090
60 PHYSICS
29. The instantaneous angular position of a point
on a rotating wheel is given by the equation l
q(t) = 2t3 – 6t2. The torque on the wheel becomes
zero at [2011] A B
(a) t = 1s (b) t = 0.5 s
(c) t = 0.25 s (d) t = 2s
30. A circular disk of moment of inertia It is rotating
in a horizontal plane, its symmetry axis, with a mgl 3
(a) (b) gl
constant angular speed wi . Another disk of 2 2
moment of inertia Ib is dropped coaxially onto 3g 2g
the rotating disk. Initially the second disk has (c) (d)
2l 3l
zero angular speed. Eventually both the disks 34. A particle of mass m moves in the XY plane with
rotate with a constant angular speed w f . The a velocity v along the straight line AB. If the
energy lost by the initially rotating disk to friction angular momentum of the particle with respect
is: [2010] to origin O is LA when it is at A and LB when it is
at B, then [2007]
1 Ib2 It2 Y
(a) wi2 (b) wi2 B
2 ( It + I b ) ( It + I b ) A
Ib - It 2 1 Ib It
(c) ( I + I ) wi (d) wi2
t b 2 ( I t + I b )
31. A thin circular ring of mass M and radius R is
rotating in a horizontal plane about an axis
vertical to its plane with a constant angular X
O
velocity w. If two objects each of mass m be (a) LA = LB
attached gently to the opposite ends of a (b) the relationship between L A an d L B
diameter of the ring, the ring will then rotate depends upon the slope of the line AB
with an angular velocity: [2009, 1998] (c) LA < LB
wM w ( M + 2m ) (d) LA > LB
(a) (b)
M + 2m M 35. A tube of length L is filled completely with an
wM w ( M - 2m ) incompressible liquid of mass M and closed at
(c) (d) both the ends. The tube is then rotated in a
M+m M + 2m
r horizontal plane about one of its ends with a
32. If F is the force acting on a particle having uniform angular velocity w. The force exerted by
r r
position vector r and t be the torque of this the liquid at the other end is [2006]
force about the origin, then: [2009]
r r r r ML2w
(a) r . t > 0 and F . t < 0 (a) (b) MLw 2
r r r r 2
(b) r . t = 0 and F . t = 0
r r r r ML2w 2 MLw 2
(c) r . t = 0 and F . t ¹ 0 (c) (d)
r r r r 2 2
(d) r . t ¹ 0 and F . t = 0
36. Two bodies have their moments of inertia I
33. A uniform rod AB of length l, and mass m is free
to rotate about point A. The rod is released from and 2I respectively about their axis of
rest in the horizontal position. Given that the rotation. If their kinetic energies of rotation
ml 2 are equal, their angular momenta will be in
moment of inertia of the rod about A is , the ratio [2005]
3
the initial angular acceleration of the rod will be (a) 2 : 1 (b) 1 : 2
[2007]
(c) 2:1 (d) 1 : 2
System of Particles and Rotational Motion 61
37. A wheel having moment of inertia 2 kg-m2 about (a) Angular velocity [2002]
its vertical axis, rotates at the rate of 60 rpm about (b) Angular momentum
this axis. The torque which can stop the wheel’s (c) Linear momentum
rotation in one minute would be [2004] (d) Kinetic energy
p 2p 43. A constant torque of 1000 N-m turns a wheel of
(a) N -m (b) N -m moment of inertia 200 kg-m2 about an axis
18 15
through its centre. Its angular velocity after 3
p p seconds is [2001]
(c) N -m (d) N -m
12 15 (a) 1 rad/s (b) 5 rad/s
38. Consider a system of two particles having masses (c) 10 rad/s (d) 15 rad/s
m1 and m2 . If the particle of mass m1 is pushed 44. A weightless ladder 20 ft long rests against a
towards the centre of mass of particles through frictionless wall at an angle of 60º from the
a distance d, by what distance would the particle horizontal. A 150 pound man is 4 ft from the top
of mass m2 move so as to keep the centre of of the ladder. A horizontal force is needed to
mass of particles at the original position?[2004] keep it from slipping. Choose the correct
m2 m1 magnitude of the force from the following
(a) m d (b) m + m d (a) 175 lb (b) 100 lb [1998]
1 1 2
(c) 120 lb (d) 69.2 lb
m1 45. A couple produces [1997]
(c) d (d) d
m2 (a) no motion
39. A round disc of moment of inertia I2 about its (b) purely linear motion
axis perpendicular to its plane and passing (c) purely rotational motion
through its centre is placed over another disc (d) linear and rotational
of moment of inertia I1 rotating with an angular 46. The angular momentum of a body with mass
velocity w about the same axis. The final angular (m), moment of inertia (I) and angular velocity
velocity of the combination of discs is [2004] (w) rad/sec is equal to [1996]
I 2w I I
( I1 + I 2 )w (a) Iw (b) Iw2 (c) (d) 2
(a) (b) I + I w w
I
1 1 2
47. Angular momentum is [1994]
I1w (a) vector (axial) (b) vector (polar)
(c) w (d) I + I (c) scalar (d) none of the above
1 2
40. A thin circular ring of mass M and radius r is 48. A particle of mass m = 5 is moving with a uniform
rotating about its axis with a constant angular speed v = 3 2 in the XOY plane along the line
velocity w. Four objects each of mass m, are kept y = x + 4. The magnitude of the angular
gently to the opposite ends of two perpendicular momentum of the particle about the origin is
diameters of the ring. The angular velocity of [1991]
the ring will be [2003] (a) 60 units (b) 40 2 units
( M - 4m)w Mw (c) zero (d) 7.5 units
(a) (b) 49. A solid homogeneous sphere of mass M and
M + 4m 4m
Mw ( M + 4 m) w radius R is moving on a rough horizontal surface,
(c) (d) partly rolling and partly sliding. During this kind
M + 4m M
of motion of the sphere [1988]
41. A disc is rotating with angular velocity w. If a
child sits on it, what is conserved ? [2002] (a) total kinetic energy is conserved
(a) Linear momentum (b) the angular momentum of the sphere about
(b) Angular momentum the point of contact with the plane is
conserved
(c) Kinetic energy
(c) only the rotational kinetic energy about the
(d) Moment of inertia
centre of mass is conserved
42. A boy suddenly comes and sits on a circular
rotating table. What will remain conserved? (d) angular momentum about the centre of
mass is conserved.
 EBD_9090
62 PHYSICS
Topic 4: Moment of Inertia, Rotational 55. The moment of inertia of a thin uniform rod of
K.E. and Power mass M and length L about an axis passing
50. Two discs of same moment of inertia rotating through its midpoint and perpendicular to its
about their regular axis passing through centre length is I0. Its moment of inertia about an axis
and perpendicular to the plane of disc with passing th rough one of its ends an d
angular velocities w1 and w2 . They are brought perpendicular to its length is [2011]
into contact face to face coinciding the axis of (a) I0 + ML2/2 (b) I0 + ML2/4
rotation. The expression for loss of energy (c) I0 + 2ML2 (d) I0 + ML2
during this process is:- [2017] 56. A small mass attached to a string rotates on
1
(a) I(w1 - w2 )2 (b) I(w1 - w2 )2 frictionless table top as shown. If the tension in
4 the string is increased by pulling the string
1 1
(c) ( w1 - w2 ) 2 (d) I(w1 + w2 )2 causing the radius of the circular motion to
8 2 decrease by a factor of 2, the kinetic energy of
51. From a disc of radius R and mass M, a circular
the mass will [2011M]
hole of diameter R, whose rim passes through the
centre is cut. What is the moment of inertia of the
remaining part of the disc about a perpendicular r
axis, passing through the centre ? [2016]
(a) 15 MR2/32 (b) 13 MR2/32
(c) 11 MR2/32 (d) 9 MR2/32 (a) remain constant
52. Three identical spherical shells, each of mass m (b) increase by a factor of 2
and radius r are placed as shown in figure. (c) increase by a factor of 4
Consider an axis XX' which is touching to two (d) decrease by a factor of 2
shells and passing through diameter of third
57. Four identical thin rods each of mass M and
shell. Moment of inertia of the system consisting
length l, form a square frame. Moment of inertia
of these three spherical shells about XX' axis is
of this frame about an axis through the centre
(a) 3mr2 X [2015]
of the square and perpendicular to its plane is :
16 2
(b) mr 2 13
5 (a) Ml 2 (b) Ml2 [2009]
(c) 4mr2 3 3
11 2 1 4
(d) mr (c) Ml 2 (d) Ml 2
5 X¢ 3 3
53. The ratio of radii of gyration of a circular ring 58. A thin rod of length L and mass M is bent at its
and a circular disc, of the same mass and radius, midpoint into two halves so that the angle
about an axis passing through their centres and between them is 90°. The moment of inertia of
perpendicular to their planes are the bent rod about an axis passing through the
[NEET Kar. 2013, 2008] bending point and perpendicular to the plane
defined by the two halves of the rod is:
(a) 2 :1 (b) 1: 2
(c) 3 : 2 (d) 2 : 1 ML2 ML2
(a) (b) [2008]
54. The moment of inertia of a uniform circular disc 24 12
2 2
is maximum about an axis perpendicular to the ML 2ML
(c) (d)
disc and passing through : [2012M] 6 24
59. The moment of inertia of a uniform circular disc
C of radius R and mass M about an axis touching
D the disc at its diameter and normal to the disc is
B
A [2006, 2005]
2 3
(a) MR 2 (b) MR 2
5 2
(a) B (b) C 1
(c) MR 2 (d) MR2
(c) D (d) A 2
System of Particles and Rotational Motion 63
60. The ratio of the radii of gyration of a circular disc A
about a tangential axis in the plane of the disc
and of a circular ring of the same radius about a
tangential axis in the plane of the ring is [2004]
(a) 1 : Ö2 (b) 1 : 3 90º
(c) 2 : 1 (d) Ö5 : Ö6
61. Three particles, each of mass m gram, are B C
situated at the vertices of an equilateral triangle (a) I3 > I2 (b) I2 > I1
ABC of side l cm (as shown in the figure). The (c) I3 > I1 (d) I1 > I2
moment of inertia of the system about a line AX 65. The moment of inertia of a disc of mass M and
perpendicular to AB and in the plane of ABC, in radius R about an axis, which is tangential to the
gram-cm2 units will be [2004] circumference of the disc and parallel to its
X
diameter, is [1999]
3 2
m C (a) MR 2 (b) MR 2
2 3
l l 5 4
(c) MR 2 (d) MR 2
4 5
A B 66. ABC is a triangular plate of uniform thickness.
m l m
3 2 3 2 The sides are in the ratio shown in the figure.
(a) ml ml(b) IAB, IBC and ICA are the moments of inertia of the
2 4
plate about AB, BC and CA as axes respectively.
5 2
(c) 2 ml2 (d) ml Which one of the following relations is correct?
4 A [1995]
62. A ball rolls without slipping. The radius of gyration
of the ball about an axis passing through its centre
of mass is K. If radius of the ball be R, then the
5
fraction of total energy associated with its 3
rotational energy will be [2003]
R2 K 2 + R2 90°
(a) (b)
K 2 + R2 R2 B 3 C
2
K K2
(c) 2 (d) (a) I AB > I BC (b) I BC > I AB
R K + R2
2

63. A composite disc is to be made using equal (c) I AB + I BC = I CA (d) ICA is maximum
masses of aluminium and iron so that it has as 67. In a rectangle ABCD (BC = 2 AB). The moment
high a moment of inertia as possible. This is of inertia is minimum along axis through [1993]
possible when [2002] F
A D
(a) the surfaces of the discs are made of iron
with aluminium inside
(b) the whole of aluminium is kept in the core E G
and the iron at the outer rim of the disc
(c) the whole of the iron is kept in the core and B C
the aluminium at the outer rim of the disc H
(d) the whole disc is made with thin alternate (a) BC (b) BD
sheets of iron and aluminium (c) HF (d) E G
64. There is a flat uniform triangular plate ABC such 68. Moment of inertia of a uniform circular disc about
that AB = 4 cm, BC = 3 cm and angle ABC = 90º. a diameter is I. Its moment of inertia about an
The moment of inertia of the plate about AB, BC axis ^ to its plane and passing through a point
on its rim will be [1990]
and CA as axis is respectively I1, I2 and I3. Which
one of the following is true? [2000] (a) 5 I (b) 3 I
(c) 6 I (d) 4 I
 EBD_9090
64 PHYSICS
69. The moment of inertia of a body about a given (d) converts translational energy to rotational
axis is 1.2 kg m2. Initially, the body is at rest. In energy
order to produce a rotational kinetic energy of 76. A solid cylinder of mass m and radius R rolls
1500 joule, an angular acceleration of down an inclined plane of height h without
25 radian/sec2 must be applied about that axis slipping. The speed of its centre of mass when it
for a duration of [1990] reaches the bottom is [2003, 1989]
(a) 4 seconds (b) 2 seconds (a) (2 gh) (b) 4 gh / 3
(c) 8 seconds (d) 10 seconds
70. A fly wheel rotating about a fixed axis has a (c) 3gh / 4 (d) 4 g / h
kinetic energy of 360 joule when its angular speed 77. A solid cylinder and a hollow cylinder both of
is 30 radian/sec. The moment of inertia of the the same mass and same external diameter are
wheel about the axis of rotation is [1990] released from the same height at the same time
(a) 0.6 kg/m2 (b) 0.15 kg m2 on an inclined plane. Both roll down without
(c) 0.8 kg m2 (d) 0.75 kg m2 slipping. Which one will reach the bottom first?
71. A ring of mass m and radius r rotates about an (a) Both together [2000]
axis passing through its centre and perpendicular (b) Solid cylinder
to its plane with angular velocity w. Its kinetic (c) One with higher density
energy is [1988] (d) Hollow cylinder
1 2 2 78. A spherical ball rolls on a table without slipping.
(a) mr w (b) mrw 2
2 Then the fraction of its total energy associated
1 with rotation is [1994]
(c) mr 2 w 2 (d) mrw 2
2 (a) 2/5 (b) 2/7
Topic 5: Rolling Motion (c) 3/5 (d) 3/7
72. A disk and a sphere of same radius but different 79. A thin uniform circular ring is rolling down an
masses roll off on two inclined planes of the inclined plane of inclination 30° without slipping.
same altitude and length. Which one of the two Its linear acceleration along the inclination plane
objects gets to the bottom of the plane first ? will be [1994]
(a) Disk [2016] g g
(b) Sphere (a) (b)
2 3
(c) Both reach at the same time g 2g
(d) Depends on their masses (c) (d)
73. The ratio of the accelerations for a solid sphere 4 3
80. A solid sphere, disc and solid cylinder all of the
(mass ‘m’ and radius ‘R’) rolling down an incline
same mass and made of the same material are
of angle ‘q’ without slipping and slipping down
the incline without rolling is : [2014] allowed to roll down (from rest ) on the inclined
(a) 5 : 7 (b) 2 : 3 plane, then [1993]
(c) 2 : 5 (d) 7 : 5 (a) solid sphere reaches the bottom first
74. A small object of uniform density rolls up a (b) solid sphere reaches the bottom last
curved surface with an initial velocity ‘n’. It (c) disc will reach the bottom first
(d) all reach the bottom at the same time
3n 2
reaches upto a maximum height of with 81. The speed of a homogenous solid sphere after
4g rolling down an inclined plane of vertical height
respect to the initial position. The object is a
[2013] h from rest without sliding is [1992]
(a) solid sphere (b) hollow sphere 10
(c) disc (d) ring (a) gh (b) gh
7
75. A drum of radius R and mass M, rolls down
without slipping along an inclined plane of 6 4
(c) gh (d) gh
angle q. The frictional force [2005] 5 3
(a) dissipates energy as heat 82. If a sphere is rolling , the ratio of the translational
(b) decreases the rotational motion energy to total kinetic energy is given by [1991]
(c) decreases the rotational and translational (a) 7: 10 (b) 2 : 5
motion (c) 10 : 7 (d) 5 : 7
System of Particles and Rotational Motion 65

ANSWER KEY
1 (d) 11 (d) 21 (c) 31 (a) 41 (b) 51 (b) 61 (d) 71 (a) 81 (a)
2 (c) 12 (a) 22 (d) 32 (b) 42 (b) 52 (c) 62 (d) 72 (b) 82 (d)
3 (a) 13 (c) 23 (d) 33 (c) 43 (d) 53 (a) 63 (b) 73 (a)
4 (b) 14 (b) 24 (d) 34 (a) 44 (d) 54 (a) 64 (b) 74 (c)
5 (a) 15 (d) 25 (c) 35 (d) 45 (c) 55 (b) 65 (c) 75 (d)
6 (d) 16 (b) 26 (a) 36 (d) 46 (a) 56 (c) 66 (b) 76 (b)
7 (d) 17 (a) 27 (a) 37 (d) 47 (a) 57 (d) 67 (d) 77 (b)
8 (b) 18 (b) 28 (c) 38 (c) 48 (a) 58 (b) 68 (c) 78 (b)
9 (a) 19 (c) 29 (a) 39 (d) 49 (b) 59 (c) 69 (b) 79 (c)
10 (a) 20 (d) 30 (d) 40 (c) 50 (a) 60 (d) 70 (c) 80 (a)

Hints & Solutions

1. (d) Centre of mass may or may not coincide 5. (a) The position vector of the centre of mass
with centre of gravity. Net torque of gravitational of two particle system is given by
pull is zero about centre of mass. r r
r m1R1 + m2 R 2
t g = Sti = Sri ´ mig = 0 R=
Load ( m1 + m2 )
Mechanical advantage , M. A.=
Effort 1
If M.A. > 1 Þ Load > Effort = [– 8iˆ – 4 ˆj + 4 k]
ˆ = – 2 iˆ – ˆj + kˆ
4
2. (c) 55 65 6. (d) Consider an element of length dx at a
distance x from end A.
Here, mass per unit length l of rod
100 kg l µ x Þ l = kx
\ dm = ldx = kx dx
3m
There is no external force so centre of mass of
A x dx B
the system will not shift
Position of centre of gravity of rod from end A.
m1 x1 + m2 x2 + m3 x3 L
3. (a) X cm =
m1 + m2 + m3
ò xdm
300 ´ (0) + 500(40) + 400 ´ 70 xCG = 0
X cm = L
300 + 500 + 400
500 ´ 40 + 400 ´ 70 ò dm
X cm = 0
1200 3 3
é x3 ù
X cm =
50 + 70 120
3
=
3
= 40 cm ò x (kx dx ) ê ú (3)3
êë 3 úû 0
\ xCG = 0 = = 3 = 2m
3 3
4. (b) If no external force actson a system of éx ù
2 (3)3
particles, the centre of mass remains at rest. So,
speed of centre of mass is zero.
ò
kx dx ê ú
êë 2 úû 0
2
0
 EBD_9090
66 PHYSICS
7. (d) As friction is absent at the point of contact, 15. (d) We know that both the cars take the same
Force
time to complete the circle, therefore ratio of
Accelerati on = angular speeds of the cars will be 1 : 1.
Mass 16. (b) Given, mass of cylinder m = 3kg
It is independent of h R = 40 cm = 0.4 m
8. (b) Centre of mass of system depends upon F = 30 N ; a = ? 40
position and masses of particle. Also, it depends As we know, torque t = Ia cm
upon relative distance between particles. F × R = MR2a
9. (a)
F´ R
(12 amu)
–10
1.12×10 m (16 amu) a=
C O MR 2
c.m. –10
d 1.12×10 – d
30 ´ (0.4) F = 30 N
From definition of centre of mass. a= or, a = 25rad / s 2
2
3 ´ (0.4)
16 ´ 1.12 ´ 10-10 + 12 ´ 0 17. (a) Given: Radius of disc, R = 50 cm
d=
16 + 12 angular acceleration a = 2.0 rads–2; time t = 2s
16 ´ 1.12 ´10 -10 Particle at periphery (assume) will have both
= = 0.64 × 10–10 m. radial (one) and tangential acceleration
28
at = Ra = 0.5 × 2 = 1 m/s2
10. (a) Since, q = w 0 t + 1 at 2 From equation,
2 w = w0 + at
Where a is angular aceleration, w0 is the initial w = 0 + 2 × 2 = 4 rad/sec
angular speed. ac = w2R = (4)2 × 0.5 = 16 × 0.5 = 8m/s2
t = 2s Net acceleration,
1
q = 2 ´ 2 + ´ 3(2)2 = 4 + 6 = 10 rad atotal = a 2t + a 2c = 12 + 82 » 8 m/s2
2
P2 18. (b) Applying angular momentum conservation
11. (d) V0
1m m
1m 1m

P1 pr
æR ö
Linear distance moved by wheel in half mV0R0 = (m) (V1) ç 0 ÷
revolution = pr. Point P1 after half revolution è 2 ø
reaches at P2 vertically 2m above the ground. \ v1 = 2V0
1 2
\ Displacement P1P2 Therefore, new KE = m (2V0)2 = 2mv0
2
= p 2 r 2 + 22 = p 2 + 4 [Q r = 1m] 19. (c) By torque balancing about B
12. (a) As time taken by both car to complete NA (d) = W (d – x)
one revolution is same. W(d – x)
NA =
2p 1 d
As w = Þ w µ , as T is same in both NA NB
T T
cases. Hence 'w' will also be same.
120 ´ 2 p A B
13. (c) Angular speed, w = = 4 p rad/sec
60
14. (b) Number of revolutions made by the d
engine wheel (n) = 90 per minute. x d–x
Angular speed of the engine wheel
2pn 2p ´ 90 W
(w ) = = = 3p rad/s.
60 60
System of Particles and Rotational Motion 67
20. (d) Given : Speed V = 54 kmh–1 = 15 ms–1 25. (c) Given: m1 = 2 kg m2 = 4 kg
Moment of inertia, I = 3 kgm2 r1 = 0.2 m r2 = 0.1 m
Time t = 15s
w 1 = 50 rad s w 2 = 200 rad s–1
–1

wi = V = 15 = 100 wf = 0 As, angular momentum, I1W1 = I2W2 = Constant

r 0.45 3 1 1
wf = wi + at m r2w + m r2w
I1W1 + I 2W2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2
\ Wf = =
100 100 I1 + I 2 1 1
0= + (– a) (15) Þ a = m1r12 + m2 r22
3 45 2 2
Average torque transmitted by brakes to the wheel By putting the value of m1, m2, r1, r2 and solving
100
t = (I) (a) = 3 × = 6.66 kgm2s–2 we get = 100 rad s–1
45 ur r ur
21. (c) Work required to set the rod rotating with 26. (a) Q L = r ´ p
angular velocity w0
1 2 p L
K.E. = Iw
2
Work is minimum when I is minimum.
I is minimum about the centre of mass 0 r n
So, (m1) (x) = (m2) (L – x)
or, m1x = m2L – m2x
m 2L
\x= m + m ur
1 2 By right hand screw, rule, the direction of L is ^
22. (d) From Newton's second law for rotational r ur
to the plane containing r & p .
motion,
r The mass is rotating in the plane, about a fixed
r dL r r r ur
t = , if L = constant then t = 0 point, thus this plane will contain r & p and the
dt r
r r r direction of L ’ will be ^ to the this plane.
So, t = r ´ F = 0
( )
2iˆ - 6ˆj - 12kˆ ´ (aˆi + 3jˆ + 6k)
ˆ =0 27. (a) F1 x + F2 x = F3 x
F3 = F1 + F2
Solving we get a = –1
23. (d) Here a = 2 revolutions/s2 = 4p rad/s2 (given) 28. (c) Using conservation
Li = 0 (Initial moment)
1 1 25
Icylinder =MR 2 = (50)(0.5) 2 = Kg-m2 Lf = mvR – Iw (Final moment)
2 2 4 According to the conservation of momentum
As t = Ia so TR = Ia Li = Lf
æ 25 ö Þ mvR – I.w = 0
(4 p )
Ia çè 4 ÷ø mvR = I.w
ÞT= = N = 50 pN = 157 N æ 1ö
R (0.5) w= ç ÷
è 2ø
(v + wR)t = 2pR
æ 1 ö
24. (d) t çè1 + ´ 2÷ø = 2p ´ 2
2
t = 2p sec.
29. (a) When angular acceleration (a) is zero then
Weight of the rod will produce the torque
torque on the wheel becomes zero.
L mL2 é ML2 ù q(t) = 2t3 – 6t2
t = mg =Ia= a êQ Irod = ú
2 3 êë 3 ûú dq d 2q
3g Þ = 6t 2 - 12t Þ a = 2 = 12t - 12 = 0
Hence, angular acceleration a = dt dt
2L \ t = 1 sec.
 EBD_9090
68 PHYSICS
30. (d) By conservation of angular momentum, 34. (a) Angular momentum = Linear momentum
× distance of line of action of linear momentum
It wi =(It+Ib) w f
about the origin.
Y
where w f is the final angular velocity of disks
B
æ It ö A
\ wf = ç ÷ wi
è It + Ib ø
Loss in K.E., D K = Initial K.E. – Final K.E.
d
1 1 X
= It wi2 – ( It + Ib ) w2f 0
2 2 LA = pA × d, LB = pB × d
Þ DK = As linear momenta are pA and pB equal,
1 2 1 (I + I )
It2 therefore, LA = LB.
It wi - t b w2 35. (d)
2 i
2 2 ( It + Ib )
It I t Ib dx
1 2 1
= wi I + I ( It + Ib - I t ) = wi2 I + I
2 t b 2 t b x
31. (a) In absence of external torque, L = Iw
= constant Rotation will create centrifugal force due to
2 2
I1w1 = I 2w 2 , I1 = MR , I2 = MR + 2mR 2 which pressure will be created at the other end.
Now, this centrifugal force will depend on
(Moment of inertia of a thin circular ring
distance of the liquid from the axis as centrifugal
about an axis vertical to its plane = MR2)
force = mw2r.
I M Let us consider a small part dx of the liquid
\ w2 = 1 w = w.
I2 M + 2m column which is at a distance of x. Let linear
r r r r r r r density of liquid be r.
32. (b) t= r ´ FÞ r .t=0 F.t = 0
r Mass of the liquid in dx length = dx . A. r
Since, t is perpendicular to the plane of (A is cross sectional area of tube)
r r r r
r and F , hence the dot product of t with r Centrifugal force = dxAr × w2x
r Centrifugal force due to whole of liquid length
and F is zero. L
L
é x2 ù
ò
2 2
= Arw x dx = Arw ê ú
l êë 2 úû 0
0
33. (c)
A B w 2 L2 r.w 2 L MLw 2
Þ Ar = AL =
2 2 2
2
L
36. (d) K= Þ L = 2KI Þ L = 2KI
2
Weight of the rod will produce torque, 2I
l L1 K1 I1 K I 1
t = mg ´ = - = - =
2 L2 K2 I2 K 2I 2
Also, t = I a L1 : L2 = 1 : 2
37. (d) t × Dt = L0 {Q since Lf = 0}
ml 2
where, I is the moment of inertia = Þ t × Dt = Iw
3 or, t × 60 = 2 × 2 × 60p/60
and a is the angular acceleration p
t= N -m
ml 2 l 3g 15
\ a = mg ´ Þ a = 38. (c) m1d1 = m2 d2 Þ d = m1d1 = m1 d
3 2 2l 2
m2 m2
System of Particles and Rotational Motion 69
39. (d) Angular momentum will be conserved 8W ´ 2 4W 150 ´ 4
Iw ÞF= = = pound
I1w = I1w' + I2w' Þ w ¢ = 1 20 3 5 3 5 3
I1 + I 2
40. (c) Applying conservation law of angular = 40 3 = 40 ´1.73 = 69.2 pound
momentum, I1w1 = I2w2 45. (c) A couple is formed of two equal and
I2 = (Mr2) + 4 (m) (r2) = (M + 4m)r2 opposite forces at some separation; so net force
(Taking w1 = w and w2 = w1) is zero. Hence ,a couple does not produce
Þ Mr2 w = (M + 4m)r2w1 translatory motion; but it causes change in
rotational motion.
Mw 46. (a) Let body contain m1, m2, m3 ........mn
Þ w1 =
M + 4m masses at distance r1, r2, r3 ........ rn from axis OA.
41. (b) If external torque is zero, angular Angular momentum of body
momentum remains conserved. = m1v1r1 + m2v2r2 .....+ mnvnrn
[External torque is zero because the
weight of child acts downward] = m1 (wr1 )r1 + m2 (wr2 )r2 ...... + mn (wrn )rn
L = Iw = constant = (m1r12 )w + (m2 r22 )w....... + ( mn rn2 )w
42. (b) As net torque applied is zero. Hence,
æ n ö
dL = ç å mi ri ÷ w = I w
2
t= çè i = 1 ÷ø
dt
dL r
= 0 , L = constant. 47. (a) Angular momentum L is defined as
dt r r r
L (angular momentum) remains conserved. L = r ´ m(v )
43. (d) t = 1000 N - m, I = 200 kg-m2 r
\ Ia = 1000 So, L is an axial vector..
48. (a) Y
1000
Þa= = 5 rad/sec2 mv
200
4
w = w0 + at = 0 + 3 × 5 = 15 rad/s x
+
44. (d) AB is the ladder, let F be the horizontal P y=
force and W is the weigth of man. Let N1 and N2 R
be normal reactions of ground and wall, Q q X
respectively. Then for vertical equilibrium O
y = x + 4 line has been shown in the figure when
W = N1 .....(1) x = 0, y = 4. So, OP = 4.
For horizontal equilibrium, N2 = F .....(2) The slope of the line can be obtained by
Taking moments about A, comparing with the equation of the straight line
N2(AB sin60°) – W(AC cos 60°) = 0 ......(3) y = mx + c
Using (2) and AB = 20 ft, BC = 4 ft, we get m = tan q = 1
N2 B Þ q = 45°
ÐOQP = ÐOPQ = 45°
t
4f

If we draw a line perpendicular to this line,

C length of the perpendicular = OR
OR
In DOPR, = sin 45°
N1 W OP
Þ OR = OP sin 45°
60° 1 4
O = 4´ = =2 2
A F 2 2
æ 3ö æ 1ö Angular momentum of particle going along this
F ç 20 ´ ÷ – W çè16 ´ 2 ÷ø = 0
è 2 ø line = r × mv = 2 2 ´ 5 ´ 3 2 = 60 units
 EBD_9090
70 PHYSICS
49. (b) Angular momentum about the point of 2 æ5 ö
contact with the surface includes the angular or, MR 2 + ç MR 2 ÷ ´ 2
I total =
3 è3 ø
momentum about the centre. Due to friction linear
12
momentum is conserved. = MR 2 = 4MR 2
3
50. (a) Here, Iw1 + Iw2 = 2Iw
I
w1 + w2 53. (a) Q I = MK2 \ K =
Þ w= M
2
1 2 1 2 1 2
(K.E.)i = Iw1 + Iw2 Iring = MR2 and Idisc = MR
2 2 2
1 æ w + w2 ö
2 K1 I1 MR 2
2
(K.E.)f = ´ 2Iw = I ç 1 = = = 2 :1
2 è 2 ÷ø K2 I2 æ MR 2 ö
ç ÷
1 2 è 2 ø
Loss in K.E. = (K.E) f - (K.E)i = I(w1 - w2 ) 54. (a) According to parallel axis theorem of the
4
51. (b) Moment of inertia of complete disc about moment of Inertia
point 'O'. M I = Icm + md2
d is maximum for point B so Imax about B.
MR 2
ITotal disc = 55. (b) By theorem of parallel axes,
2 O R I = I cm + Md2
Mass of removed disc
I = I0 + M (L/2)2 = I0 + ML2/4
M R
MRemoved = (Mass µ area) L2
4 56. (c) K.E. =
Moment of inertia of removed disc about point 2I
'O'. The angular momentum L remains conserved
IRemoved (about same perpendicular axis) about the centre.
= Icm + mx2 That is, L = constant.
2 2 I = mr2
M ( R / 2) MæRö 3MR 2
= + ç ÷ =
4 2 4è2ø 32 L2
Therefore the moment of inertia of the remaining \ K.E. =
part of the disc about a perpendicular axis 2mr 2
L2
passing through the centre, In 2nd case, K.E. =
IRemaing disc = ITotal – IRemoved 2(mr ¢ 2 )
r
MR 2 3 13 But r¢ =
= - MR 2 = MR 2 2
2 32 32
52. (c) Moment of inertia of shell 1 along diameter L2 4L2
\ K.E ' = = Þ K.E.¢ = 4 K.E.
2 2 r2 2mr 2
Idiameter = MR 2m.
3 4
Moment of inertia of shell 2 = m. i of shell 3 \ K.E. is increased by a factor of 4.
2 2 2 5 2 57. (d) Moment of inertia of a thin rod of length
= Itangential = MR + MR = MR
3 3 l about an axis passing through centre and
X
1
perpendicular to the rod = Ml 2 .
1 12
Thus moment of inertia of the frame.
2 3
ml2 ml 2 4ml2 ml2
+ = =
X¢ 12 4 12 3
So, I of the system along x x1 ml2
= Idiameter + (Itangential) × 2 Total M.I. = 4 ×
3
System of Particles and Rotational Motion 71
58. (b) Mass of each part = M/2
Length of each part = L/2 MR 2
Iy =
2 2
MR 2 3
\ I y¢ = + MR 2 = MR 2
2 2 2
L/2
I y¢ = MK12 , I y¢ = MK 22
1 2

K12 I y¢
\ = 1

Þ K1 : K 2 = 5 : 6
L/2 K 22 I y¢
2

61. (d) IAX = m(AB)2 + m(OC)2

Axis
Total M.I. = Sum of M.I.s of both parts = ml2 + m (l cos 60º)2
2 2 = ml2 + ml2/4 = 5/4 ml2
= æç ö÷ æç ö÷ ´ + æç ö÷ æç ö÷ ´
M L 1 M L 1
è 2 øè 2ø 3 è 2 øè2ø 3 X
2 2
M L 1 ML Cm
= 2´ ´ ´ = . O
2 4 3 I2
59. (c) M.I. of a uniform circular disc of radius l l
‘R’ and mass ‘M’ about an axis passing
though C.M. and normal to the disc is 60º m
Am l B

62. (d)
1 1
Rotational energy = I (w ) 2 = (mK 2 )w 2
2 2
1 2 2
Linear kinetic energy = mw R
2
1 2 \ Required fraction
I C.M. = MR
2
1
From parallel axis theorem, (mK 2 )w 2
2 K2
1 3 = 1 = 2
IT = IC.M . + MR 2 = MR 2 + MR 2 = MR 2 1 K + R2
2 2 (mK 2 )w 2 + mw 2 R 2
2 2
y1 y'1
63. (b) Density of iron > density of aluminium
60. (d) Circular disc [1]
moment of inertia = ò r 2dm .

MR 2
Iy = r dm
1 4
MR 2 5
\ I y¢ = + MR 2 = MR 2
1 4 4
y 2 y' 2 \ Since, riron > raluminium
So, whole of aluminium is kept in the core and
the iron at the outer rim of the disc.
Circular ring [2]
 EBD_9090
72 PHYSICS
A From w 2 = w1 + at
64. (b) 50 = 0 + 25 t, t = 2 seconds
4 cm 1 2
70. (c) Er = Iw
2
B C 2 Er 2 ´ 360
3 cm I= = = 0.8 kg m 2
Moment of Inertia depend upon mass and w 2 30 ´ 30
distribution of masses as I = Smr2. 1 2
Further, as the distance of masses is more , more 71. (a) Kinetic energy = Iw
2
is the moment of Inertia.
If we choose BC as axis. Distance is maximum. and for ring I = mr2
Hence, Moment of Inertia is maximum. 1 2 2
\ I2 > I1, I2 > I3 Hence, KE = mr w
2
65. (c) Moment of inertia of disc about its
I K2
72. (b) Time of descent µ
R2

1
R
Id K2
diameter is I d = MR 2 Order of value of
4 R2
K2 1
MI of disc about a tangent passing through rim for disc; 2 = = 0.5
R 2
and in the plane of disc is
1 5 K2
2
I = I d + MR = MR 2 + MR 2 = MR 2
2 for sphere; = = 0.4
4 4 R2 5
66. (b) The intersection of medians is the centre of (sphere) < (disc)
mass of the triangle. Since distances of centre of \ Sphere reaches first
mass from the sides are related as : xBC > xAB > xAC 73. (a) For solid sphere rolling without slipping
, therefore, IBC > IAB > IAC or IBC > IAB. on inclined plane, acceleration
67. (d) The M.I. is minimum about EG because
g sin q
mass distribution is at minimum distance from a1 =
EG. K2
1+
68. (c) M.I of uniform circular disc about its R2
diameter = I
For solid sphere slipping on inclined plane
According to theorem of perpendiclar axes,
without rolling, acceleration
1 2 a2 = g sin q
M.I. of disc about its axis = mr = 2I
2 a1
Therefore required ratio =
æ 1 2ö a2
Applying theorem of | | axes, çèQ I = mr ÷ø
4
1 1 5
M.I of disc about the given axis = = =
K 2 2 7
= 2 I + mr2 = 2 I + 4 I = 6 I 1+ 1+
69. (b) I = 1.2 kg m2, Er = 1500 J, R 2 5
a = 25 rad/sec2, w1 = 0, t = ?
74. (c)
1 2 2 Er
As Er = I w , w =
2 I 3V 2
2 ´ 1500 4g V
= = 50 rad / sec
1.2
System of Particles and Rotational Motion 73
From law of conservation of mechanical energy mg sin q
3v2 or, acceleration, a =
1 2 1 ( I / R 2 + m)
Iw + 0 + mv2 = mg ×
2 2 4g 1 2
Using, s = ut + at
1 2 3 1 2
Þ Iw = mv2 – mv2
2 4 2 1 2 1
or, s = at Þ t a
2 2 a
mv æ 3 - 1 ö
= ç ÷ t minimum means a should be more. This is
2 è2 ø possible when I is minimum which is the case
1 V2 for solid cylinder.
mv2 1
or, I 2 = or, I = mR2 Therefore, solid cylinder will reach the bottom first.
2 R 4 2
1
Hence, object is a disc. MK 2 w 2
Kr 2 K2
75. (d) Net work done by frictional force when 78. (b) = = 2
E 1 2
drum rolls down without slipping is zero. M w 2 [ K 2 + R2 ] K + R
Wnet = 0 2
2/5 2
= =
1+ 2 / 5 7
2 2
Here, K 2 = R
5
Wtrans. + Wrot. = 0; DKtrans. + DKrot. = 0 g sin q g sin 30° g
DKtrans = –DKrot. 79. (c) a= 2
= =
1+ K / R 2 1+1 4
i.e., converts translation energy to rotational energy.
2
1 1 80. (a) For solid sphere, K = 2
76. (b) K .E. = Ιw 2 + m v 2 R2 5
2 2
2
1æ 1 ö 1
K .E. = ç m r 2 ÷ w 2 + m v 2 For disc and solid cylinder, K = 1
2è 2 ø 2 R2 2
1 1 3 K2
= m v 2 + m v2 = m v2 As for solid sphere is smallest, it takes
4 2 4 R2
Now, gain in K.E. = Loss in P.E. minimum time to reach the bottom of the incline
81. (a) P.E. = total K.E.
3 æ 4ö
m v2 = m g h Þ v = ç ÷ g h mgh =
7
mv 2 , (see sol. of Q.9)
4 è 3ø
10
f 10 gh
\v =
7
77. (b) q 1 2 1 2
in 82. (d) E = Et + Er = mv + I w
gs 2 2
m q
Torque, Ia = f. R. 1 2 1 æ 2 2ö 2
= mv + ´ ç mr ÷ w
Using Newton's IInd law, mg sin q – f = ma 2 2 è5 ø
Q pure rolling is there, a = Ra
1 2 1 2 7
Ia = mv + mv = mv 2
Þ mg sin q - = ma 2 5 10
R
1 2
Ia æ aö Et mv
5
Þ mg sin q - = ma çèQ a = ÷ø \ = 2 =
R2 R E 7 7
mv 2
10
 EBD_9090
74 PHYSICS

Chapter

7 Gravitation

Topic 1: Kepler's Laws of Planetary Motion (a) 10 (b) 100

1. Kepler's third law states that square of period of (c) 10 10 (d) 1000
revolution (T) of a planet around the sun, is
proportional to third power of average distance 5. A satellite A of mass m is at a distance of r from
r between sun and planet i.e. T2 = Kr3 here K is the surface of the earth. Another satellite B of
constant. If the masses of sun and planet are M mass 2m is at a distance of 2r from the earth’s
and m respectively then as per Newton's law of centre. Their time periods are in the ratio of
gravitation force of attraction between them is (a) 1 : 2 (b) 1 : 16 [1993]
GMm
F = 2 , here G is gravitational constant. The (c) 1 : 32 (d) 1 : 2 2
r
relation between G and K is described as [2015] 6. The distance of two planets from the sun are
(a) GMK = 4p2 (b) K = G 1013 and 1012 metres respectively. The ratio of
time periods of these two planets is [1988]
1
(c) K = (d) GK = 4p2 1
G
2. The figure shows elliptical orbit of a planet m (a) (b) 100
10
about the sun S. The shaded area SCD is twice
the shaded area SAB. If t1 is the time for the (c) 10 10 (d) 10
planet to move from C to D and t 2 is the time to
move from A to B then : [2009] 7. The largest and the shortest distance of the earth
v from the sun are r1 and r2. Its distance from the
m
sun when it is at perpendicular to the major-axis
B C of the orbit drawn from the sun is [1988]
S r1 + r2
D
r1 + r2
A (a) (b)
4 r1 - r2

(a) t1 = 4t2 (b) t1 = 2t2 2r1r2 r1 + r2

(c) t1 = t2 (d) t1 > t2 (c) (d)
r1 + r2 3
3. The period of revolution of planet A around the
Sun is 8 times that of B. The distance of A from Topic 2: Newton's Universal Law of Gravitation
the Sun is how many times greater than that of B 8. Two astronauts are floating in gravitation free
from the Sun? [1997] space after having lost contact with their
(a) 2 (b) 3 spaceship. The two will [2017]
(c) 4 (d) 5 (a) move towards each other.
4. The distance of Neptune and Saturn from the (b) move away from each other.
sun is nearly 1013 and 1012 meter respectively. (c) become stationary
Assuming that they move in circular orbits, their (d) keep floating at the same distance between
periodic times will be in the ratio [1994] them.
Gravitation 75

9. Two spherical bodies of mass M and 5 M and (a) 5R (b) 15R

radii R and 2 R released in free space with initial (c) 3R (d) 4R
separation between their centres equal to 12 R. 15. A roller coaster is designed such that riders
If they attract each other due to gravitational experience “weightlesness” as they go round the
force only, then the distance covered by the top of a hill whose radius of curvature is 20 m.
smaller body before collision is [2015] The speed of the car at the top of the hill is
(a) 4.5 R (b) 7.5 R between: [2008]
(c) 1.5 R (d) 2.5 R (a) 14 m/s and 15 m/s (b) 15 m/s and 16 m/s
10. A spherical planet has a mass MP and diameter (c) 16 m/s and 17 m/s (d) 13 m/s and 14 m/s
DP. A particle of mass m falling freely near the 16. Imagine a new planet having the same density
surface of this planet will experience an as that of earth but it is 3 times bigger than
acceleration due to gravity, equal to : [2012] the earth in size. If the acceleration due to
(a) 4GM P/DP2 (b) / P2
GM P mD gravity on the surface of earth is g and that
on the surface of the new planet is g’, then
(c) GMP/DP2 (d) / P2
4GMP mD [2005]
11. Two spheres of masses m and M are situated in (a) g’ = g/9 (b) g’ = 27g
air and the gravitational force between them is (c) g’=9g (d) g’=3g
F. The space around the masses is now filled 17. The density of a newly discovered planet is
with a liquid of specific gravity 3. The twice that of earth. The acceleration due to
gravitational force will now be [2003] gravity at the surface of the planet is equal to
F that at the surface of the earth. If the radius of
(a) (b) 3F the earth is R, the radius of the planet would be
9
(a) ½ R (b) 2 R [2004]
F (c) 4 R (d) 1/4 R
(c) F (d)
3 18. The acceleration due to gravity on the planet A
12. What will be the formula of the mass in terms of is 9 times the acceleration due to gravity on planet
g, R and G (R = radius of earth) [1996] B. A man jumps to a height of 2m on the surface
of A. What is the height of jump by the same
R R2 person on the planet B? [2003]
(a) g2 (b) G
G g
2 2
(a) m (b) m
R R2 3 9
(c) G (d) g
g G (c) 18 m (d) 6 m
19. Assuming earth to be a sphere of uniform
Topic 3: Acceleration due to Gravity
density, what is the value of ‘g’ in a mine 100 km
13. The acceleration due to gravity at a height 1 km below the earth’s surface? (Given, R = 6400 km)
above the earth is the same as at a depth d below [2001]
the surface of earth. Then [2017]
(a) 9.65 m/s2 (b) 7.65 m/s2
3 (c) 5.06 m/s2 (d) 3.10 m/s2
(a) d = 1 km (b) d = km
2 20. A body weighs 72 N on the surface of the earth.
1 What is the gravitational force on it due to earth
(c) d = 2 km (d) d = km at a height equal to half the radius of the earth
2
from the surface? [2000]
14. The height at which the weight of a body
becomes 1/16th, its weight on the surface of (a) 32 N (b) 28 N
earth (radius R), is : [2012] (c) 16 N (d) 72 N
 EBD_9090
76 PHYSICS
21. In a rocket a seconds pendulum is mounted. Its 8 4
period of oscillation decreases when the rocket (a) - G (b) - G
3 3
[1991]
(c) – 4 G (d) – G
(a) comes down with uniform acceleration
(b) moves round the earth in a geostationary 26. Which one of the following plots represents the
orbit variation of gravitational field on a particle with
distance r due to a thin spherical shell of radius
(c) moves up with a uniform velocity
R ? (r is measured from the centre of the spherical
(d) moves up with uniform acceleration
shell) [2012M]
Topic 4: Gravitational Field, Potential and
Energy (a) E
22. At what height from the surface of earth the
gravitational potential and the value of g are
–5.4 × 107 J kg–1 and 6.0 ms–2 respectively ?
Take the radius of earth as 6400 km : [2016] O r
R
(a) 2600 km (b) 1600 km
(c) 1400 km (d) 2000 km
(b) E
23. Dependence of intensity of gravitational field
(E) of earth with distance (r) from centre of earth
is correctly represented by: [2014]
O r
E E R
O R
(a) (b) O
r R r (c) E

E E
R O r
O O R
(c) r (d)
R r
E
24. A body of mass ‘m’ is taken from the earth’s
surface to the height equal to twice the radius
(R) of the earth. The change in potential energy (d)
of body will be [2013] O r
R
2
(a) mgR (b) 3 mgR 27. A particle of mass M is situated at the centre of
3 spherical shell of mass M and radius a. The
magnitude of the gravitational potential at a
1
(c) mgR (d) mg2R point situated at a/2 distance from the centre,
3 will be [2011M]
25. Infinite number of bodies, each of mass 2 kg are 2GM 3GM
situated on x-axis at distances 1m, 2m, 4m, 8m, (a) (b)
a a
..... respectively, from the origin. The resulting
gravitational potential due to this system at the 4GM GM
(c) (d)
origin will be [2013] a a
Gravitation 77
28. A particle of mass M is situated at the centre of Topic 5: Motion of Satellites, Escape Speed
a spherical shell of same mass and radius a. The and Orbital Velocity
a 33. The ratio of escape velocity at earth (ve) to the
gravitational potential at a point situated at
2 escape velocity at a planet (vp) whose radius
distance from the centre, will be: [2010] and mean density are twice as that of earth is :
3GM 2 GM (a) 1 : 2 (b) 1 : 2 2 [2016]
(a) - (b) -
a a (c) 1 : 4 (d) 1 : 2
GM 4 GM 34. A satellite S is moving in an elliptical orbit
(c) - (d) - around the earth. The mass of the satellite is
a a
29. The Earth is assumed to be a sphere of radius R. very small compared to the mass of the earth.
A platform is arranged at a height R from the Then, [2015 RS]
surface of the Earth. The velocity of a body from (a) the total mechanical energy of S varies
this platform is f v, where v is its velocity from periodically with time.
the surface of the Earth. The value of f is [2006] (b) the linear momentum of S remains constant
in magnitude.
1 1 (c) the acceleration of S is always directed
(a) (b) towards the centre of the earth.
2 3
(d) the angular momentum of S about the
1 centre of the earth changes in direction,
(c) (d) 2 but its magnitude remains constant.
2
35. A remote - sensing satellite of earth revolves in
30. Assuming the radius of the earth as R, the a circular orbit at a height of 0.25 × 106 m above
change in gravitational potential energy of a the surface of earth. If earth's radius is 6.38 × 106
body of mass m, when it is taken from the earth's m and g = 9.8 ms–2, then the orbital speed of the
surface to a height 3R above its surface, is satellite is: [2015 RS]
[2002] (a) 8.56 km s–1 (b) 9.13 km s–1
(c) 6.67 km s–1 (d) 7.76 km s–1
3
(a) 3 mg R (b) mg R 36. A black hole is an object whose gravitational
4 field is so strong that even light cannot escape
3 from it. To what approximate radius would earth
(c) 1 mg R (d) mg R (mass = 5.98 × 1024 kg) have to be compressed
2
to be a black hole? [2014]
31. The potential energy of a satellite, having mass (a) 10– 9 m (b) 10– 6 m
m and rotating at a height of 6.4 × 106 m from the (c) 10– 2 m (d) 100 m
earth surface, is [2001] 37. The radius of a planet is twice the radius of earth.
(a) – mgRe (b) – 0.67 mgRe Both have almost equal average mass-densities.
(c) – 0.5 mgRe (d) – 0.33 mgRe If VP and VE are escape velocities of the planet
32. With what velocity should a particle be projected and the earth, respectively, then
so that its height becomes equal to radius of [NEET Kar. 2013]
earth? [2001] (a) VE = 1.5VP (b) VP = 1.5VE
(c) VP = 2VE (d) VE = 3VP
1/ 2 1/ 2
æ GM ö æ 8GM ö 38. A particle of mass ‘m’ is kept at rest at a height
(a) çè R ÷ø (b) çè R ÷ø 3R from the surface of earth, where ‘R’ is radius
of earth and ‘M’ is mass of earth. The minimum
1/ 2 1/ 2 speed with which it should be projected, so that
æ 2GM ö æ 4GM ö it does not return back, is (g is acceleration due
(c) çè R ÷ø (d) çè R ÷ø
to gravity on the surface of earth)
[NEET Kar. 2013]
 EBD_9090
78 PHYSICS
1 1 (a) 3 V/4 (b) 6 V
æ GM ö 2 æ GM ö 2 (c) 12 V (d) 3 V/2
(a) ç ÷ (b) ç ÷
è R ø è 2R ø 44. Two satellites of earth, S1 and S2 are moving in
the same orbit. The mass of S1 is four times
1 1
æ gR ö 2 æ 2g ö 2 the mass of S2. Which one of the following
(c) ç ÷ (d) ç ÷ statements is true? [2007]
è 4 ø è 4 ø
(a) The potential energies of earth satellites in
39. A geostationary satellite is orbiting the earth at the two cases are equal.
a height of 5R above that surface of the earth, R (b) S1 and S2 are moving with the same speed.
being the radius of the earth. The time period of (c) The kinetic energies of the two satellites
another satellite in hours at a height of 2R from are equal.
the surface of the earth is : [2012]
(d) The time period of S1 is four times that of
(a) 5 (b) 10 S2.
6 45. For a satellite moving in an orbit around the
(c) 6 2 (d) earth, the ratio of kinetic energy to potential
2
energy is [2005]
40. If ve is escape velocity and v0 is orbital velocity
of a satellite for orbit close to the earth’s 1 1
surface, then these are related by : [2012M] (a) (b)
2 2
(a) v0 = 2ve (b) v0 = ve
(c) 2 (d) 2
(c) ve = 2v0 (d) ve = 2v0 46. The escape velocity on the surface of earth is
41. A planet moving along an elliptical orbit is closest 11.2 km/s. What would be the escape velocity
to the sun at a distance r 1 and farthest away at a on the surface of another planet of the same
distance of r2. If v1 and v2 are the linear velocities mass but 1/4 times the radius of the earth?
v1 (a) 22.4 km/s (b) 44.8 km/s[2000]
at these points respectively, then the ratio v (c) 5.6 km/s (d) 11.2 km/s
2
is [2011] 47. The escape velocity of a sphere of mass m is
(a) (r1/r2)2 (b) r2/r1 given by (G = Universal gravitational constant;
M = Mass of the earth and Re = Radius of the
(c) (r2/r1)2 (d) r1/r2
earth) [1999]
42. A particle of mass m is thrown upwards from the
surface of the earth, with a velocity u. The mass GM 2GM
and the radius of the earth are, respectively, M (a) Re (b) Re
and R. G is gravitational constant and g is
acceleration due to gravity on the surface of the
earth. The minimum value of u so that the particle 2GMm 2GM + Re
(c) Re (d) Re
does not return back to earth, is [2011M]
2GM 2GM 48. The escape velocity of a body on the surface of
(a) (b) 2 the earth is 11.2 km/s. If the earth’s mass
R R
increases to twice its present value and the
2GM radius of the earth becomes half, the escape
(c) 2gR 2 (d)
R2 velocity would become [1997]
43. The radii of circular orbits of two satellites A (a) 44.8 km/s
and B of the earth, are 4R and R, respectively. If (b) 22.4 km/s
the speed of satellite A is 3 V, then the speed of (c) 11.2 km/s (remains unchanged)
satellite B will be: [2010]
(d) 5.6 km/s
Gravitation 79

49. A ball is dropped from a satellite revolving around

(a) ( R 2 g / w 2 )1/ 3 (b) ( Rg / w 2 )1/ 3
the earth at a height of 120 km. The ball will
[1996] (c) ( R 2 w 2 / g )1/ 3 (d) ( R 2 g / w )1/ 3
(a) continue to move with same speed along a
straight line tangentially to the satellite at 54. A satellite of mass m is orbiting around the earth
that time in a circular orbit with a velocity v. What will be
its total energy? [1991]
(b) continue to move with the same speed 2 2
along the original orbit of satellite (a) (3/4) mv (b) (1/2) mv
(c) fall down to earth gradually (c) mv2 (d) – (1/2)m v2
55. A planet is moving in an elliptical orbit around
(d) go far away in space
the sun. If T, V, E and L stand respectively for its
50. The escape velocity from the surface of the earth kinetic energy, gravitational potential energy,
is ve.The escape velocity from the surface of a total energy and magnitude of angular
planet whose mass and radius are three times momentum about the centre of force, which of
those of the earth, will be [1995] the following is correct ? [1990]
(a) ve (b) 3ve (a) T is conserved
(c) 9ve (d) 1/3ve (b) V is always positive
51. A satellite in force free space sweeps stationary (c) E is always negative
interplanetary dust at a rate dM/dt = av where (d) L is conserved but direction of vector L
M is the mass and v is the velocity of the satellite changes continuously
and a is a constant. What is the deceleration of
56. If the gravitational force between two objects
the satellite? [1994]
were proportional to 1/R (and not as 1/R 2 )
(a) -av2 (b) -av2 / 2M where R is separation between them, then a
particle in circular orbit under such a force
(c) -av 2 / M (d) -2av2 / M would have its orbital speed v proportional to
52. The escape velocity from earth is 11.2 km/s. If a [1989]
body is to be projected in a direction making an (a) 1/R2 (b) R0
angle 45° to the vertical, then the escape velocity (c) R1 (d) 1/R
is [1993]
57. For a satellite escape velocity is 11 km/s. If the
(a) 11.2 × 2 km/s (b) 11.2 km/s satellite is launched at an angle of 60° with the
vertical, then escape velocity will be [1989]
(c) 11.2 / 2 km/s (d) 11. 2 2 km/s
53. The mean radius of earth is R, its angular speed (a) 11 km/s (b) 11 3 km/s
on its own axis is w and the acceleration due to
gravity at earth's surface is g. What will be the 11
(c) km / s (d) 33 km/s
radius of the orbit of a geostationary satellite ? 3
[1992]

ANSWER KEY
1 (a) 8 (a) 15 (a) 22 (a) 28 (a) 34 (c) 40 (d) 46 (a) 52 (b)
2 (b) 9 (b) 16 (d) 23 (d) 29 (a) 35 (d) 41 (b) 47 (d) 53 (a)
3 (a) 10 (a) 17 (a) 24 (a) 30 (b) 36 (c) 42 (a) 48 (b) 54 (d)
4 (c) 11 (c) 18 (c) 25 (c) 31 (c) 37 (c) 43 (b) 49 (b) 55 (c)
5 (d) 12 (d) 19 (a) 26 (b) 32 (a) 38 (b) 44 (b) 50 (a) 56 (b)
6 (c) 13 (c) 20 (a) 27 (b) 33 (b) 39 (c) 45 (a) 51 (c) 57 (a)
7 (c) 14 (c) 21 (d)
 EBD_9090
80 PHYSICS

Hints & Solutions

GM 6. (c)
1. (a) As we know, orbital speed, Vorb = T 2 µ R3 (Kepler's law)
r
2 pr 2 pr æ 1013 ö
3
Time period T = = r T12 T
vorb =ç Þ 1 = 10 10
GM 2 12 ÷ T2
Squarring both sides, T2 è 10 ø
2 7. (c) Applying the properties of ellipse, we have
æ 2 pr r ö 4p 2 3
T2 = ç ÷ = GM . r 2 1 1 r1 + r2
= + =
è GM ø
R r1 r2 r1 r2
T 2 4p 2 Instant position
Þ = =K
r 3 GM of satellite
Þ GMK = 4p . 2 Sun
2. (b) According to Kepler ’s law, the areal R
velocity of a planet around the sun always major axis
remains constant.
SCD : A1– t1 (areal velocity constant) r1 r2
SAB : A2 – t2 2 r1 r2
A1 A 2 R=
= , r1 + r2
t1 t2 8. (a) Both the astronauts are in the condition of
A weightlessness. Gravitational force between
t1 = t2 . 1 , (given A1 = 2A2) them pulls towards each other. Hence Astronauts
A2
move towards each other under mutual
2A2 gravitional force.
= t2 .
A2 9. (b)
\ t1 = 2t2 Before collision At the time of collision
3. (a) Let TA and TB be time period of A and B 5M 5M
about sun. M M
12R–3R=9R
TA = 8TB
R 2R R 2R
TA
=8 ...(1) 12R
TB
Let the distance moved by spherical body of
According to Kepler's Law T2 µ r3 mass M is x1 and by spherical body of mass 5m
3 is x2
TA (rA )3 ær ö r
= 3
Þ ç A÷ =8Þ A = 2 As their C.M. will remain stationary
TB (rB ) è rB ø rB So, (M) (x1) = (5M) (x2) or, x1 = 5x2
x1 + x2 = 9R
4. (c) T 2 µ R 3 (According to Kepler’s law) So, x1 = 7.5 R
T12 µ (1013 ) 3 and T22 µ (1012 )3 10. (a) Gravitational attraction force on particle B,
GM P m
T12 T Fg =
\ = (10) 3 or 1 = 10 10 (DP /2)2
T22 T2 Acceleration of particle due to gravity
5. (d) Time period does not depend on the mass. Fg 4GMP
Also, T 2 µ r 3 . a= =
m DP2
Gravitation 81
2
11. (c) Gravitational force is independent of mv /R
medium, Hence, this will remain same.
GMm
12. (d) We know that mg = mg
R2
GM 2
\g = 2
Þ M = gR
R G
mv2
13. (c) Above earth surface Below earth i.e., mg =
surface R
-1
æ 2h ö æ Þ v = gR = 10 ´ 20 = 14.1 ms
d ö
gh = g ç1 - R ÷ gd = g ç1 - ÷ Hence, the speed of the car should be between
è eø è Re ø 14 ms–1 and 15 ms–1.
According to question, gh = gd 16. (d) We know that
æ 2h ö æ d ö æ4 ö
g ç1 - ÷ = g ç1 - ÷ G ç pR 3 ÷ r
R R GM è ø = 4 pGRr
è eø è eø g= 2 = 3
Clearly, R R2 3
d = 2h = 2 km
g ' R ' 3R
14. (c) Let at h height, the weight of a body = = =3
g R R
1
becomes th of its weight on the surface. \ g ' = 3g
16
Wh = 16 Ws ....(i) GM 4 3
Þ 16 Ws = Ws ....(ii) 17. (a) g= 2 . Also, M = d ´ pR
R 3
GM m
Wh = mg = 4
(Re + h) 2 \ g = G d pR .
3
GM 4
g¢ = 2
At the surface of planet, g p = G(2d )pR ¢ ,
(Re + h) 3
4
GM At the surface of the earth ge = Gd pR
Similarly, g = 3
Re2
ge = gp Þ dR = 2d R' Þ R' = R/2
g' Re2 -2 18. (c) Applying conservation of total mechanical
= æ hö
2 Þ g ' = g ç1 + ÷ energy principle
g ( Re + h) è Rø
Þ Wh = 16 Ws 1 2
mv = mg A hA = mg B hB
g 2
Þ g'=
16 Þ g A hA = g B hB
-2
æ hö æg ö
g ' = 16 g ç1 + ÷ Þ hB = ç A ÷ hA = 9 × 2 = 18 m
è Rø è gB ø
-2 19. (a) We know that effective gravity g' at depth
1 æ hö h below earth surface is given by
= ç1 + ÷ Þ 4 = 1+
16 è Rø R æ dö
g' = g ç1 - ÷
h = 3R è Rø
15. (a) For the riders to experience weightlessness Here, d = 100 km, R = 6400 km,
at the top of the hill, the weight of the rider must
æ 100 ö
be balanced by the centripetal force. \ g ' = 9.8 ç1 - = 9.65 m/s 2
è 6400 ÷ø
 EBD_9090
82 PHYSICS
20. (a) mg = 72 N (body weight on the surface) \ Change in potential energy,
GM -GMm GMm
g= DU = +
R2 3R R

R GMm æ 1 ö 2 GMm 2
At a height H = , = ç1 - ÷ = = mgR
2 R è 3ø 3 R 3
GM æ GMm ö
g¢ = = mgR ÷
2
=
4 GM çèQ ø
æ Rö R
çè R + ÷ø 9 R2
2
mgh
ALTERNATE : DU =
R h
Body weight at height H = , 1+
2 R
4 GM By placing the value of h = 2R we get
mg ¢ = m ´
9 R2 2
DU = mgR.
4 4 3
= m´ ´ g = mg 25. (c)
9 9
4
= ´ 72 = 32 N m
9
-Gm
21. (d) T = 2 p l / g . When the rocket accelerates Gravitational potential V =
r
upwards g increases to ( g + a).
G´2 G´2 G´2 G´2
22. (a) As we know, gravitational potential (v) and V0 = – – – –
acceleration due to gravity (g) with height 1 2 4 8
-GM é 1 1 1 ù
V= = –5.4 × 107 …(1) – 2G ê1 + + + + ....¥ ú
R +h ë 2 4 8 û
GM
and g = =6 …(2) 1 1
( R + h )2 = – 2G × = – 2G × = – 4 G..
1 1
Dividing (1) by (2) 1-
2 2
-GM 26. (b) The Gravitational field due to a thin
R +h -5.4 ´107 spherical shell of radius R at distance r.
=
GM 6 GM
( R + h )2 E= (If r > R)
r2
5.4 ´ 107 For r = R i.e. on the surface of the shell
Þ =6
(R + h ) GM
E= 2
Þ R + h = 9000 km so, h = 2600 km R
23. (b) First when (r < R) E µ r and then when r > R For r < R i.e. inside the shell
1 E=0
E µ 2 . Hence graph (b) correctly dipicts.
r
-GMm
24. (a) Initial P. E., Ui = ,
R
-GMm
Final P.E., Uf = [Q R' = R + 2R = 3R]
3R r=R r
Gravitation 83

27. (b) VP = Vspherical shell + Vparticle 31. (c) Mass of the satellite = m and height of
satellite from earth (h) = 6.4 × 106 m.
GM GM 3GM We know that gravitational potential energy of
= + =
a a/2 a the satellite at height

M GM e m gR 2 m
h =- =- e
Re + h 2 Re
a gRe m
=- = -0.5 mgRe
P 2
M a/2
(where, GMe = gRe2 and h = Re)
32. (a) From conservation of energy
1 GMm 1 GMm
mu 2 – = m ´ (0) 2 –
28. (a) Potential at the given point = Potential at 2 R 2 R+R
the point due to the shell + Potential due to the 2GM 2GM GM
Þ u2 = – =
particle R 2R R
GM 2GM 3GM GM
= - - =- Þu=
a a a R
GMm
29. (a) Potential energy at height R = - 33. (b) As we know, escape velocity,
2R
If m be the mass of a body which is thrown with 2GM 2G æ 4 3 ö
Ve = = · ç pR r ÷ µ R r
velocity ve so that it goes out of gravitational R R è3 ø
field from distance R, then
Ve R e re
\ =
1 GM GM Vp R p rp
mve2 = .m Þ ve =
2 2R R
Ve R re
or, ve = gR Þ = e
Vp 2R e 2r e
Now, v = 2 gR , So, v = 2 ve
Ve
v \ Ratio =1 : 2 2
or, ve = Vp
2
34. (c) The gravitational force on the satellite will
1 be aiming towards the centre of the earth so
Comparing it with given equation, f = .
2 acceleration of the satellite will also be aiming
30. (b) Gravitational potential energy (GPE) on the towards the centre of the earth.
surface of earth, 35. (d) Given: Height of the satellite from the
earth's surface h = 0.25 × 106m
GMm
E1 = - Radius of the earth R = 6.38 × 106m
R Acceleration due to gravity g = 9.8 m/s2
GMm GMm Orbital velocity, V0 = ?
GPE at 3R, E2 = - =-
( R + 3R ) 4R
\ Change in GPE GM GM R 2
V0 = = .
(R + h) R 2 (R + h)
GMm GMm 3GMm
= E2 - E1 = - + =
4R R 4R 9.8 ´ 6.38 ´ 6.38
=
3g R m2 æ GM ö 6.63 ´ 106
= çèQ g = 2 ÷ø
4R R é GM ù
3 = 7.76 km/s êQ 2 = g ú
= mg R ë R û
4
 EBD_9090
84 PHYSICS
36. (c) From question, 42. (a) The velocity u should be equal to the
Escape velocity escape velocity. That is,
2GM u= 2gR
= = c = speed of light
R
GM
2GM But g =
Þ R= R2
c2
2 ´ 6.6 ´ 10 - 11 ´ 5.98 ´ 10 24 GM
= m \ u = 2· ·R Þ 2GM
(3 ´ 108 )2 R2 R
43. (b) Orbital velocity of a satellite in a circular
= 10– 2 m
orbit of radius a is given by
8
37. (c) Escape velocity, Ve = R pGP GM
3 v=
a
VP RP
Þ Ve µ R Þ = =2
VE RE 1
Þ va
Þ VP = 2VE. a
38. (b) As we know, the minimum speed with
which a body is projected so that it does not v2 a1
return back is called escape speed. Þ v1 = a2
2GM 2GM 2GM
Ve = = = 4R
r R+h 4R \ v2 = v1 = 2 v1 = 6V
1
R
æ GM ö 2 44. (b) Since orbital velocity of satellite is
=ç ÷ (Q h = 3R)
è 2R ø
39. (c) According to Kelpner ’s law of period GM
v= , it does not depend upon the mass
T2 µ R3 r
of the satellite.
T12 R13 (6 R )3 Therefore, both satellites will move with same
= = =8
T22 R23 (3 R )3 speed.
45. (a) K.E. of satellite moving in an orbit around
24 ´ 24 the earth is
=8
T22

24 ´ 24
T22 = = 72 = 36 × 2
8

T2 = 6 2

2GM GM
40. (d) ve = Þ v0 = 2
R R 1 2 1 æ GM ö GMm
K = mv = m ç =
2 2 è r ÷ø 2r
ve = 2v0
41. (b) Angular momentum is conserved P.E. of satellite and earth system is
\ L1 = L2 GMm
Þ mr1v1 = mr2v2 K 1
Þ r1v1 = r2v2 GMm = 2r =
U= Þ U GMm 2
v r r
Þ 1 = 2 r
v 2 r1
Gravitation 85

2GM e ve Me Rp
46. (a) vearth = \ = ´
Re vP Re Mp

2GM p 2GM e 8GM e Me 3Re 1

vplanet = = = ´ = =1
Rp Re / 4 = Re Re 3M e 1

vplanet or, vP= ve.

8GM e Re
= ´
vearth Re 2GM e = 2 æ dM ö æ dM ö
51. (c) F=ç v = av 2 çèQ = av÷
è dt ÷ø dt ø
\ vplanet = 2 ´ vearth = 2 ´ 11.2 = 22.4 km/s
-F av 2
47. (b) Escape velocity is the minimum velocity \ Retardation = =-
M M
with which a body is projected to escape from
earth's gravitational field 52. (b) Escape velocity does not depend on the
angle of projection.
1 2 GMm 2GM
mve = ve = 2 pr 2pr 2 pr 3 / 2 2p
2 Re Þ Re 53. (a) T= = = =
v0 ( gR 2 / r )1/ 2 gR 2 w
48. (b) Escape velcocity
gR2 3 gR 2
2GM e 2GM e¢ Hence, r 3 / 2 = or r = 2
ve = , v 'e = w w
Re Re¢
or, r = ( gR 2 / w 2 )1/ 3
v 'e M e¢ Re PE
\ v = ´
M e R 'e 54. (d) Total energy = – K E =
e 2

Re 1 2
K.E = mv
Given M e¢ = 2 M e and Re¢ = 2
2
55. (c) In a circular or elliptical orbital motion,
v 'e 2M e R torque is always acting parallel to displacement
\ v = ´ e = 4=2 or velocity. So, angular momentum is
e Me Re / 2 conserved. In attractive field, potential energy
is negative. Kinetic energy changes as velocity
v 'e = 2ve = 2 ´ 11.2 = 22.4 km/s increase when distance is less. So, option (c)
49. (b) The orbital speed of satellite is independent is correct.
of mass of satellite, so the ball will behave as a k Mv 2
satellite and will continue to move with the same 56. (b) F= = . Hence v µ R 0
speed in the original orbit. R R
50. (a) Escape velocity on surface of earth 57. (a) Since, escape velocity ve = ( 2 gRe ) is
2GM e Me independent of angle of projection, so it will not
(ve ) = µ
Re Re . change.
 EBD_9090
86 PHYSICS

Chapter

8 Mechanical Properties
of Solids

Topic 1: Hooke's Law & Young's Modulus of 7q

Elasticity (a)
(5sp)
1. The Young's modulus of steel is twice that of
brass. Two wires of same length and of same 5q Steel
area of cross section, one of steel and another (b) (7 sp 2 )
of brass are suspended from the same roof. If 2m
we want the lower ends of the wires to be at the 7q
same level, then the weights added to the steel (c)
and brass wires must be in the ratio of : (5sp 2 ) Copper
[2015 RS] 2q 5m
(a) 2 : 1 (b) 4 : 1 (d)
(5sp)
(c) 1 : 1 (d) 1 : 2
2. Copper of fixed volume ‘V; is drawn into wire of 5. Two wires A and B are of the same material. Their
length ‘l’. When this wire is subjected to a lengths are in the ratio 1 : 2 and the diameter are
constant force ‘F’, the extension produced in in the ratio 2 : 1. If they are pulled by the same
the wi re is ‘Dl’. Which of the following graphs force, then increase in length will be in the ratio
is a straight line? [2014]
(a) 2: 1 (b) 1 : 4 [1988]
1 (c) 1: 8 (d) 8 : 1
(a) Dl versus (b) Dl versus l2
l
Topic 2: Bulk and Rigidity Modulus & Work
1 Done in Stretching a Wire
(c) Dl versus 2 (d) Dl versus l
l 6. The bulk modulus of a spherical object is 'B'. If it
3. The following four wires are made of the same is subjected to uniform pressure 'p', the fractional
material. Which of these will have the largest decrease in radius is [2017]
extension when the same tension is applied ? B 3p
[2013] (a) (b)
3p B
(a) Length = 100 cm, diameter = 1 mm
(b) Length = 200 cm, diameter = 2 mm p p
(c) Length = 300 cm, diameter = 3 mm (c) (d)
3B B
(d) Length = 50 cm, diameter = 0.5 mm 7. When an elastic material with Young’s modulus
4. If the ratio of diameters, lengths and Young’s Y is subjected to stretching stress S, elastic
modulus of steel and copper wires shown in the energy stored per unit volume of the material is
figure are p, q and s respectively, then the (a) YS / 2 (b) S2Y / 2 [1989]
corresponding ratio of increase in their lengths
would be [NEET Kar. 2013] (c) S2 / 2Y (d) S / 2Y
Mechanical Properties of Solids 87

ANSWER KEY
1 (a) 2 (b) 3 (d) 4 (c) 5 (c) 6 (c) 7 (c)

Hints & Solutions

W l Hence, option (d) is correct.
1. (a) Young's modulus Y = . 4. (c) From formula,
A Dl
W1 W2 FL 4 FL
= Increase in length DL = =
Y1 Y2 AY pD 2Y
2
[Q A, l, Dl same for both brass and steel]
2
DLS FS æ DC ö YC LS 7 æ 1 ö æ1ö
= ç ÷ = ´ç ÷ ç ÷q
DLC FC è DS ø YS LC 5 è pø èsø
7q
A, l, Dl l, A, D l =
Y2 Y1 (5sp 2 )
Brass Steel 5. (c) We know that Young's modulus
F L
Y= ´
pr 2 l
Since Y, F are same for both the wires, we have,
W1 Y1 [Ysteel/Ybrass = 2 given] 1 L1 1 L 2
= =2 =
W2 Y2 r12 l 1 r22 l 2
l 1 r22 ´ L1 (D 2 / 2) 2 ´ L1
F or, = =
A Þ Dl = Fl l 2 r12 ´ L 2 (D1 / 2) 2 ´ L 2
2. (b) As Y = Dl
AY l 1 D 22 ´ L1 D 22 L 1
l or, = = ´ 2 =
l 2 D12 ´ L 2 (2 D 2 ) 2 2 L 2 8
V
But V = Al so A =
l So, l 1 : l 2 = 1 : 8
6. (c) Bulk modulus is given by
Fl 2 DV P
Therefore Dl = µ l2 P =
VY B= or
æ DV ö V B
Hence graph of Dl versus l2 will give a straight ç ÷
line. è V ø
YA L DR P DR
3. (d) F = ×l So, extension, lµ µ 3 = (here, = fractional decreases in
L A R B R
radius)
L
DR P
D2 Þ =
R 3B
[Q F and Y are constant]
100 200 7. (c) Energy stored per unit volume
l1 µ 2 µ 100 and l2 µ 2 µ 50
1 2 1
= ´ stress ´ strain
300 100 50 2
l3µ 2 µ and l4 µ µ 200
3 3 1 1
= ´ stress ´ (stress / Young' s modulus)
4 2
The ratio of
L
is maximum for case (d). 1 2 S2
= ´ ( stress) /( Young ' s modulus) =
D2 2 2Y
 EBD_9090
88 PHYSICS

Chapter

9 Mechanical Properties of
Fluids
Topic 1: Pressure, Density Pascal's Law & (a) 1.0 × 10–2 (b) 1.2 × 10–2
(c) 1.4 × 10 –2 (d) 0.8 × 10–2
Archimedes' Principle
1. A U tube with both ends open to the 4. In rising from the bottom of a lake, to the top,
atmosphere, is partially filled with water. Oil, the temperature of an air bubble remains
which is immiscible with water, is poured into unchanged, but its diameter gets doubled. If h
one side until it stands at a distance of 10 mm is the barometric height (expressed in m of
above the water level on the other side. mercury of relative density r) at the surface of
Meanwhile the water rises by 65 mm from its
original level (see diagram). The density of the the lake, the depth of the lake is [1994]
oil is [2017] (a) 8 rh m (b) 7rh m
Pa Pa (c) 9 rh m (d) 12 rh m
5. The compressibility of water is 4 × 10–5 per unit
F
A atmospheric pressure. The decrease in volume
E 10 mm of 100 cm3 of water under a pressure of 100
Final water level atmosphere will be [1990]
65 mm (a) 0.4 cm3 (b) 4 × 10–5 cm3
Oil D (c) 0.025 cm3 (d) 0.004 cm3
Initial water level
65 mm Topic 2: Fluid Flow, Reyonld's Number &
Bernoulli's Principle
B C
6. A wind with speed 40 m/s blows parallel to the
Water roof of a house. The area of the roof is 250 m2.
Assuming that the pressure inside the house is
(a) 425 kg m–3 (b) 800 kg m–3 atmosphere pressure, the force exterted by the
(c) 928 kg m –3 (d) 650 kg m–3 wind on the roof and the direction of the force
will be (rair = 1.2 kg/m3) [2015]
2. Two non-mixing liquids of densities r and nr
(a) 4.8 × 105 N, upwards
(n > 1) are put in a container. The height of each (b) 2.4 × 105 N, upwards
liquid is h. A solid cylinder of length L and (c) 2.4 × 105 N, downwards
density d is put in this container. The cylinder (d) 4.8 × 105 N, downwards
floats with its axis vertical and length pL(p < 1) 7. The cylindrical tube of a spray pump has radius,
in the denser liquid. The density d is equal to : R, one end of which has n fine holes, each of
[2016] radius r. If the speed of the liquid in the tube is V,
(a) {1 + (n + 1)p}r (b) {2 + (n + 1)p}r the speed of the ejection of the liquid through
(c) {2 + (n – 1)p}r (d) {1 + (n – 1)p}r the holes is : [2015 RS]
3. The approximate depth of an ocean is 2700 m. VR 2 VR 2
The compressibility of water is 45.4 × 10–11 Pa–1 (a) (b)
and density of water is 10 3 kg/m 3 .What nr 2 n3r 2
fractional compression of water will be obtained
at the bottom of the ocean ? [2015] V 2R VR 2
(c) (d)
nr n2r2
Mechanical Properties of Fluids 89

8. A fluid is in streamline flow across a horizontal (a) water rises upto the top of capillary tube
pipe of variable area of cross section. For this and stays there without overflowing
which of the following statements is correct? (b) water rises upto a point a little below the
[NEET Kar. 2013] top and stays there
(a) The velocity is minimum at the narrowest (c) water does not rise at all.
part of the pipe and the pressure is minimum
(d) Water rises upto the tip of capillary tube
at the widest part of the pipe
and then starts overflowing like fountain.
(b) The velocity is maximum at the narrowest
part of the pipe and pressure is maximum at 11. A certain number of spherical drops of a liquid
the widest part of the pipe of radius ‘r’ coalesce to form a single drop of
(c) Velocity and pressure both are maximum at radius ‘R’ and volume ‘V’. If ‘T’ is the surface
tension of the liquid, then : [2014]
the narrowest part of the pipe
(d) Velocity and pressure both are maximum at æ1 1 ö
the widest part of the pipe (a) energy = 4VT ç - ÷ is released
è r Rø
Topic 3: Viscosity & Terminal Velocity
9. The terminal velocity vr of a small steel ball of æ1 1 ö
(b) energy = 3VT ç + ÷ is absorbed
radius r falling under gravity through a column è r Rø
of a viscous liquid of coefficient of viscosity h
depends on mass of the ball m, acceleration due æ1 1 ö
(c) energy = 3VT ç - ÷ is released
to gravity g, coefficient of viscosity h and è r Rø
radius r. Which of the following relations is (d) energy is neither released nor absorbed
dimensionally correct ? [1992]
12. The wetability of a surface by a liquid depends
mgr
(a) vr µ (b) vr µ mg hr primarily on [2013]
h
(a) surface tension
(b) density
mg hmg
(c) vr µ (d) vr µ (c) angle of contact between the surface and
rh r the liquid
Topic 4: Surface Tension, Surface Energy & (d) viscosity
Capillarity 13. The angle of contact between pure water and
10. Water rises to a height 'h' in a capillary tube. If pure glass, is [1996]
the length of capaillary tube above the surface (a) 0º (b) 45º
of water is made less than 'h' then : [2015 RS]
(c) 90º (d) 135º

ANSWER KEY
1 (c) 3 (b) 5 (a) 7 (a) 9 (c) 10 (a) 11 (c) 12 (c) 13 (a)
2 (d) 4 (b) 6 (b) 8 (b)
 EBD_9090
90 PHYSICS

Hints & Solutions

1. (c) Here, h oil ´ roil ´ g = h water ´ rwater ´ g 1 2
F = DPA = rv A P
r0g × 140 × 10–3 = rwg × 130 × 10–3 2
130 1
roil = ´ 103 » 928kg / m3 = × 1.2 × 40 × 40 × 250 P0
140 2
[ Q rw = 1 kgm–3] = 2.4 × 105 N (upwards)
2. (d) As we know, 7. (a) Inflow rate of volume of the liquid = Outflow
Pressure P = Vdg rate of volume of the liquid

pR 2 V VR 2
d pR2V = npr2(v) Þ v = =
r (1 – p)L npr 2 nr 2
8. (b) According to Bernoulli’s theorem,

nr 1
pL P + rv 2 = constant and Avv = constant
2
If A is minimum, v is maximum, P is minimum.
Here, L A d g = (pL) A (nr)g + (1 – p)L A r g 9. (c) Note that according to Stoke's law
Þ d = (1 – p)r + pn r = [1 + (n – 1)p]r 6phrvr = mg
3. (b) Compressibility of water,
K = 45.4 × 10–11 Pa–1 Hence, the valid relation is vr µ mg / r h
density of water P = 103 kg/m3
depth of ocean, h = 2700 m 10. (a) Water rises upto the top of capillary tube
DV and stays there without overflowing.
We have to find =? 11. (c) As surface area decreases so energy is
V
As we know, compressibility, released.
1 (DV / V) Energy released = 4pR2T[n 1/3 – 1]
K= = (P = rgh)
where R = n 1/3r
B P
So, (DV/V) = Krgh
= 45.4 × 10–11 × 103 × 10 × 2700 = 1.2258 × 10–2 3 é1 1 ù é1 1 ù
= 4pR T ê - ú = 3VT ê - ú
4 3 4 ër R û ër R û
3
4. (b) (hrg + H ´ 1 ´ g ) pr = hrg ´ p (2r ) 12. (c) Wetability of a surface by a liquid
3 3
This gives H = 7hr primarily depends on angle of contact
between the surface and liquid.
1 DV / V
5. (a) K = = . Here, P = 100 atm, If angle of contact is acute liquids wet the
B P
K = 4 × 10 and V = 100 cm3.
–5 solid and vice-versa.
Hence, DV = 0.4 cm3 13. (a) We know that angle of contact is the angle
6. (b) According to Bernoulli’s theorem, between the tangent to liquid surface at the point
P +12 r v2 = P0 + 0 of contact and solid surface inside the liquid. In
1 case of pure water and pure glass, the angle of
So, DP = rv2 contact is zero.
2
 Chapter

10 Thermal Properties
of Matter

Topic 1: Thermometry, Thermocouple 6. The temperature of inversion of a thermo-

& Thermal Expansion couple is 620°C and the neutral temperature
1. Coefficient of linear expansion of brass and steel is 300°C. What is the temperature of cold
rods are a1 and a2. Lengths of brass and steel junction? [2005]
rods are l1 and l 2 respectively. If (l 2 - l1 ) is (a) 320°C (b) 20°C
(c) –20°C (d) 40°C
maintained same at all temperatures, which one
of the following relations holds good ? 7. Mercury thermometer can be used to measure
[2016, 1999, 1995] temperature upto [1992]
(a) 260°C (b) 100°C
(a) a1 l 22 =a2 l12 (b) a1 l 2 =a2 l1 (c) 357°C (d) 500°C
(c) a1 l 2 =a2 l1 (d) a1l1 = a 2l 2 8. A centigrade and a Fahrenheit thermometer are
2. The value of coefficient of volume expansion of dipped in boiling water. The water temperature
glycerine is 5 × 10-4 K-1. The fractional change is lowered until the Fahrenheit thermometer
in the density of glycerine for a rise of 40°C in its registers 140°. What is the fall in temperature as
temperature, is: [2015 RS] registered by the Centigrade thermometer?
(a) 0.020 (b) 0.025 (a) 80° (b) 60° [1990]
(c) 0.010 (d) 0.015 (c) 40° (d) 30°
3. The density of water at 20°C is 998 kg/m3 and at
40°C 992 kg/m3. The coefficient of volume Topic 2: Calorimetry & Heat Transfer
expansion of water is [NEET Kar. 2013] 9. Two rods A and B of different materials are
(a) 10–4/°C (b) 3 × 10–4/°C welded together as shown in figure. Their thermal
(c) 2 × 10–4/°C (d) 6 × 10–4/°C conductivities are K1 and K2. The thermal
4. On a new scale of temperature (which is linear) conductivity of the composite rod will be :
and called the W scale, the freezing and boiling
[2017]
points of water are 39° W and 239° W
respectively. What will be the temperature on
the new scale, corresponding to a temperature A K1
of 39° C on the Celsius scale? [2008] T1 T2
(a) 78° W (b) 117° W B K2
(c) 200° W (d) 139° W
5. If the cold junction of a thermo-couple is kept at d
0°C and the hot junction is kept at T°C then the
relation between neutral temperature (Tn) and 3(K1 + K 2 )
(a) (b) K1 + K2
temperature of inversion (Ti) is [2007] 2
(a) Tn = 2Ti (b) Tn = Ti – T K1 + K 2
(c) 2 (K1 + K2) (d)
(c) Tn = Ti + T (d) Tn = Ti/2 2
 EBD_9090
92 PHYSICS
10. A spherical black body with a radius of 12 cm (a) 24 g (b) 31.5 g
radiates 450 watt power at 500 K. If the radius (c) 42.5 g (d) 22.5 g
were halved and the temperature doubled, the 16. A piece of iron is heated in a flame. It first becomes
power radiated in watt would be : [2017] dull red then becomes reddish yellow and finally
(a) 450 (b) 1000 turns to white hot. The correct explanation for
(c) 1800 (d) 225 the above observation is possible by using
11. A black body is at a temperature of 5760 K. The [2013]
energy of radiation emitted by the body at (a) Wien’s displacement law
wavelength 250 nm is U1, at wavelength 500 nm
(b) Kirchoff’s law
is U2 and that at 1000 nm is U3. Wien's constant,
(c) Newton’s law of cooling
b = 2.88 × 106 nmK. Which of the following is
(d) Stefan’s law
correct ? [2016]
17. Two metal rods 1 and 2 of same lengths have
(a) U1 = 0 (b) U3 = 0
same temperature difference between their ends.
(c) U1 > U2 (d) U2 > U1
Their thermal conductivities are K1 and K2 and
12. A piece of ice falls from a height h so that it
cross sectional areas A1 and A2, respectively. If
melts completely. Only one-quarter of the heat the rate of heat conduction in rod 1 is four times
produced is absorbed by the ice and all energy that in rod 2, then [NEET Kar. 2013]
of ice gets converted into heat during its fall. (a) K1A1 = K2A2 (b) K1A1 = 4K2A2
The value of h is : [2016] (c) K1A1 = 2K2A2 (d) 4K1A1 = K2A2
[Latent heat of ice is 3.4 × 105 J/kg and 18. If the radius of a star is R and it acts as a black
g = 10 N/kg] body, what would be the temperature of the star,
(a) 34 km (b) 544 km in which the rate of energy production is Q ?
(c) 136 km (d) 68 km [2012]
13. On observing light from three different stars P, (a) Q/4pR2 s (b) (Q/4pR2s)–1/2
Q and R, it was found that intensity of violet (c) (4pR2Q/s)1/4 (d) (Q/4pR2s)1/4
colour is maximum in the spectrum of P, the (s stands for Stefan’S constant)
intensity of green colour is maximum in the 19. Liquid oxygen at 50 K is heated to 300 K at
spectrum of R and the intensity of red colour is constant pressure of 1 atm. The rate of heating
maximum in the spectrum of Q. If TP, TQ and TR is constant. Which one of the following graphs
are the respective absolute temperature of P, Q represents the variation of temperature with time?
and R, then it can be concluded from the above [2012]
observations that [2015]
Temperature

Temperature

(a) TP > TR > TQ (b) TP < TR < TQ

(c) TP < TQ < TR (d) TP > TQ > TR (a) (b)
14. The two ends of a metal rod are maintained at
temperatures 100°C and 110°C. The rate of heat Time Time
flow in the rod is found to be 4.0 J/s. If the ends
Temperature

Temperature

are maintained at temperatures 200°C and 210°C,

the rate of heat flow will be [2015]
(c) (d)
(a) 16.8 J/s (b) 8.0 J/s
(c) 4.0 J/s (d) 44.0 J/s
15. Steam at 100°C is passed into 20 g of water at Time Time
10°C. When water acquires a temperature of 20. A slab of stone of area 0.36 m2 and thickness
80°C, the mass of water present will be: [2014] 0.1 m is exposed on the lower surface to steam at
[Take specific heat of water = 1 cal g– 1 °C– 1 100°C. A block of ice at 0°C rests on the upper
and latent heat of steam = 540 cal g– 1] surface of the slab. In one hour 4.8 kg of ice is
Thermal Properties of Matter 93

melted. The thermal conductivity of slab is : 24. A black body at 227°C radiates heat at the rate
(Given latent heat of fusion of ice = 3.36 × of 7 cals/cm2s. At a temperature of 727°C, the
rate of heat radiated in the same units will be:
105 Jkg–1.) : [2012M]
(a) 50 (b) 112 [2009]
(a) 1.24 J/m/s/°C (b) 1.29 J/m/s/°C (c) 80 (d) 60
(c) 2.05 J/m/s/°C (d) 1.02 J/m/s/°C 25. An electric kettle takes 4A current at 220 V. How
21. A cylindrical metallic rod in therrnal contact with much time will it take to boil 1 kg of water from
temperature 20° C? The temperature of boiling
two reservoirs of heat at its two ends conducts
water is 100° C. [2008]
an amount of heat Q in time t. The metallic rod is
(a) 6.3 min (b) 8.4 min
melted and the material is formed into a rod of (c) 12.6 min (d) 4.2 min
half the radius of the original rod. What is the 26. A black body is at 727° C. It emits energy at a
amount of heat conducted by the new rod, when
rate which is proportional to [2007]
placed in thermal contact with the two reservoirs 4 2
(a) (1000) (b) (1000)
in time t? [2010]
(c) 727)4 (d) (727)2
Q Q 27. Assuming the sun to have a spherical outer
(a) (b)
4 16 surface of radius r, radiating like a black body at
Q temperature t°C, the power received by a unit
(c) 2 Q (d)
2 surface, (normal to the incident rays) at a
22. The total radiant energy per unit area, normal to distance R from the centre of the sun is [2007]
the direction of incidence, received at a distance
R from the centre of a star of radius r, whose r 2s(t + 273)4 16p 2 r 2st 4
(a) (b)
outer surface radiates as a black body at a 4pR2 R2
temperature T K is given by: [2010] r 2s(t + 273)4 4pr 2st 4
(c) (d)
s r 2T 4 s r 2T 4 R2 R2
(a) (b)
R2 4p r 2 where s is the Stefan’s constant.
28. A black body at 1227°C emits radiations with
s r 4T 4 4 p s r 2T 4
(c) (d) maximum intensity at a wavelength of 5000Å. If
r4 R2
the temperature of the body is increased by 1000°C,
(where s is Stefan's constant)
23. The two ends of a rod of length L and a uniform the maximum intensity will be observed at [2006]
cross-sectional area A are kept at two (a) 5000Å (b) 6000Å
temperatures T1 and T2 (T1 > T2). The rate of (c) 3000Å (d) 4000Å
dQ 29. Which of the following circular rods (given radius
heat transfer, through the rod in a steady r and length l), each made of the same material
dt
state is given by: [2009] and whose ends are maintained at the same
temperature will conduct most heat? [2005]
dQ k (T1 - T2 )
(a) = (a) r = r0 ; l = l0 (b) r = 2r0 ; l = l0
dt LA (c) r = r0 ; l = 2l0 (d) r = 2r0; l = 2l0
dQ 30. If lm denotes the wavelength at which the
(b) = kLA (T1 - T2 )
dt radiative emission from a black body at a
temperature T K is maximum, then [2004]
dQ kA (T1 - T2 )
(c) = (a) l m µ T -1
dt L
dQ kL (T1 - T2 ) (b) l m µ T 4
(d) = (c) lm is independent of T
dt A
(d) l m µ T
 EBD_9090
94 PHYSICS
31. Consider a compound slab consisting of two
3 2
different materials having equal thicknesses and (a) lm (b) lm
2 3
thermal conductivities K and 2K, respectively.
The equivalent thermal conductivity of the slab is 4 9
(c) lm (d) lm
[2003] 9 4
36. A cylindrical rod having temperature T1 and T2
4 2
(a) K (b) K at its end. The rate of flow of heat is Q1 cal/sec.
3 3
If all the linear dimensions are doubled keeping
temperature constant, then the rate of flow of
(c) 3K (d) 3 K heat Q2 will be [2001]
32. Wien's law is concerned with [2002] (a) 4Q1 (b) 2Q1
(c) Q1/4 (d) Q1/2
(a) relation between emissivity and
37. The presence of gravitational field is required
absorptivity of a radiating surface
for the heat transfer by [2000]
(b) total radiation, emitted by a hot surface
(a) conduction
(c) an expression for spectral distribution of (b) stirring of liquids
energy of a radiation from any source
(c) natural convection
(d) a relation between the temperature of a black (d) radiation
body and the wavelength at which there is 38. If 1 g of steam is mixed with 1 g of ice, then the
maximum radiant energy per unit resultant temperature of the mixture is [1999]
wavelength (a) 270ºC (b) 230ºC
33. Radiation from which of the following sources, (c) 100ºC (d) 50ºC
approximates black body radiation best? [2002] 39. The radiant energy from the sun, incident
(a) A tungsten lamp normally at the surface of earth is 20 k cal/m2
(b) Sodium flame min. What would have been the radiant energy,
(c) Hot lamp black incident normally on the earth, if the sun had a
(d) A hole in a cavity, maintained at constant temperature, twice of the present one? [1998]
temperature (a) 160 k cal/m2 min (b) 40 k cal/m2 min
34. Two rods of thermal conductivities K1 and K2, (c) 320k cal/m2 min (d) 80 k cal/m2 min
cross-sections A1 and A2 and specific heats S1 40. A black body is at temperature of 500 K. It emits
and S2 are of equal lengths. The temperatures of energy at rate which is proportional to [1997]
two ends of each rod are T1 and T2. The rate of (a) (500)4 (b) (500)3
(c) (500) 2 (d) 500
flow of heat at the steady state will be equal if
[2002] 41. If the temperature of the sun is doubled, the rate
of energy received on earth will be increased by
K1 K2 a factor of [1993]
(a) = (b) K1 A1 = K 2 A2
A1S1 A2 S 2 (a) 2 (b) 4
(c) 8 (d) 16
(c) K1S1 = K 2 S2 (d) A1S1 = A2 S2
42. Thermal capacity of 40 g of aluminium (s = 0.2
35. A black body has maximum wavelength lm at cal /g K) is [1990]
temperature 2000 K. Its correspondin g (a) 168 joule /°C (b) 672 joule/°C
wavelength at temperature 3000 K will be [2001] (c) 840 joule/°C (d) 33.6 joule/°C
Thermal Properties of Matter 95

43. 10 gm of ice cubes at 0°C are released in a 45. A beaker full of hot water is kept in a room. If it
tumbler (water equivalent 55 g) at 40°C. cools from 80°C to 75°C in t1 minutes, from 75° C
Assuming that negligible heat is taken from the to 70°C in t2 minutes and from 70°C to 65°C in t3
surroundings, the temperature of water in the minutes, then [1995]
tumbler becomes nearly (L = 80 cal/g) [1988]
(a) 31°C (b) 22°C
(a) t1 = t2 = t3 (b) t1 < t2 = t3
(c) 19°C (d) 15°C (c) t1 < t2 < t3 (d) t1 > t2 > t3
Topic 3: Newton's Law of Cooling 46. A body cools from 50.0°C to 48°C in 5s. How
long will it take to cool from 40.0°C to 39°C?
44. Certain quantity of water cools from 70°C to 60°C
Assume the temperature of surroundings to be
in the first 5 minutes and to 54°C in the next 5
minutes. The temperature of the surroundings 30.0°C and Newton's law of cooling to be valid.
is: [2014] (a) 2.5 s (b) 10 s [1994]
(a) 45°C (b) 20°C
(c) 42°C (d) 10°C (c) 20 s (d) 5 s

ANSWER KEY
1 (d) 7 (c) 12 (c) 17 (b) 22 (a) 27 (c) 32 (d) 37 (c) 42 (d)
2 (a) 8 (c) 13 (a) 18 (d) 23 (c) 28 (c) 33 (d) 38 (c) 43 (b)
3 (b) 9 (d) 14 (c) 19 (a) 24 (b) 29 (b) 34 (b) 39 (c) 44 (a)
4 (b) 10 (c) 15 (d) 20 (a) 25 (a) 30 (a) 35 (b) 40 (a) 45 (c)
5 (d) 11 (d) 16 (a) 21 (b) 26 (a) 31 (a) 36 (b) 41 (d) 46 (b)
6 (c)
 EBD_9090
96 PHYSICS

Hints & Solutions

1. (d) From question, (l2 – l1) is maintained same 39 ´ 200
Þ W= + 39 = 78 + 39 = 117° W
at all temperatures hence change in length for 100
both rods should be same Ti + Tc
i.e., Dl1 = Dl2 5. (d) Since Tn = =Neutral temperature
2
As we know, coefficient of linear expansion,
T + 0 Ti
Dl Tn = i =
a= 2 2
l 0 DT [Tc = 0°C = temperature of cold junction]
l1a1DT = l2a2DT q c + qi
l1a1 = l2a2 6. (c) q n =
2
2. (a) From question, \ qc = 2qn – qi = 2(300) – 620 = –20°C
Rise in temperature Dt = 40°C
7. (c) Mercury thermometer is based on the
Dr principle of change of volume with rise of
Fractional change in the density =?
r0 temperature and can measure temperatures
Coefficient of volume expansion ranging from –30°C to 357°C.
g = 5 × 10–4K–1 F - 32 C
8. (c) Using =
r = r0 (1 –gDt) 180 100
Dr 140 - 32 C
Þ = gDT = (5 × 10–4) (40) = 0.02 Þ =
r0 180 100
Þ C = 60
3. (b) From question,
Dr = (998 – 992) kg/m3 = 6 kg/m3 Temperature of boiling water = 100°C
We get, fall in temperature = 100 – 60 = 40°C
998 + 992
r= kg/m 3 = 995 kg/m3
2 9. (d) Heat current H = H1 + H2
m K1A(T1 - T2 ) K 2 A(T1 - T2 )
r= = +
V d d
Dr DV Dr DV
Þ =- Þ = K EQ 2A(T1 - T2 ) A(T1 - T2 )
r V r V = [K1 + K 2 ]
d d
\ Coefficient of volume expansion of water, Hence equivalent thermal conductivities for two
1 DV 1 Dr 6 k +k
= = » 3 ´ 10 -4 / °C rods of equal area is given by K EQ = 1 2
V Dt r Dt 995 ´ 20 2
4. (b) For different temperature scales, we have 10. (c) Given r1 = 12 cm , r2 = 6 cm
T1 = 500 K and T2 = 2 × 500 = 1000 K
x - L.F.P P1 = 450 watt
= constant
U.F.P. – L.F.P. Rate of power loss P µ r 2 T 4
Where L.F.P Þ Lower Fixed point
U.H.F. Þ Upper fixed point P1 r12 T14
=
where x is the measurement at that scale. Here, if P2 r22 T24
C and W be the measurements on Celsius and
W scale then, r22T2 4
P2 = P1
C–0 W – 39 r12T14
= (\ C = 39°C) Solving we get, P2 = 1800 watt
100 – 0 239 – 39
Thermal Properties of Matter 97
11. (d) According to wein's displacement law, 17. (b) Q1 = 4Q2 (Given)
maximum amount of emitted radiation K1 A1Dt K A Dt
b Þ =4 2 2 Þ K1A1 = 4K2A2.
corresponding to lm = L L
T 18. (d) Stefan’s law for black body radiation
6
2.88 ´10 nmK Q = se AT4
lm = = 500 nm
5760K
1/ 4
é Q ù
T=ê 2 ú
­ U2 ëê s(4pR ) ûú
U
Emitted Here e = 1
(radiation) wave length K
250 nm 1000 nm A = 4pR2
500 nm 19. (a) Initially liquid oxygen will gain the
From the graph U1 < U2 > U3 temperature up to its boiling temperature then it
12. (c) According to question only one-quarter of change its state to gas. After this again its
the heat produced by falling piece of ice is
temperature will increase, so corresponding
absorbed in the melting of ice.
graph will be
mgh 20. (a)
i.e., = mL
4 100°C (steam)
4L 4 ´ 3.4 ´105
Þ h= = = 136 km . 0.1 m A = 0.36 m2
g 10
13. (a) From Wein’s displacement law ice 0ºC
lm × T = constant
P – max. intensity is at violet Rate of heat given by steam = Rate of heat
Þ lm is minimum Þ temp maximum taken by ice
R – max. intensity is at green where K = Thermal conductivity of the slab
Þ lm is moderate Þ temp moderate m = Mass of the ice
Q – max. intensity is at red Þ lm is maximum Þ L = Latent heat of melting/fusion
temp. minimum i.e., Tp > TR > TQ A = Area of the slab
14. (c) As the temperature difference DT = 10°C
as well as the thermal resistance is same for both dQ KA(100 - 0) dL
= =m ,
the cases, so thermal current or rate of heat flow dt 1 dt
will also be same for both the cases.
15. (d) According to the principle of calorimetry. K ´ 100 ´ 0.36 4.8 ´ 3.36 ´ 105
=
Heat lost = Heat gained 0.1 60 ´ 60
mLv + mswDq = mwswDq K =1.24 J/m/s/°C
Þ m × 540 + m × 1 × (100 – 80) 21. (b) The rate of heat flow is given by
= 20 × 1 × (80 – 10)
Þ m = 2.5 g Q DT
= K. A.
Therefore total mass of water at 80°C t l
= (20 + 2.5) g = 22.5 g
16. (a) Wein’s displacement law Area of Original rod A = p R 2 ;
According to this law
1 p R2
lmax µ Areal of new rod A¢ = .
T 4
or, lmax × T = constant Volume of original rod will be equal to the volume
So, as the temperature increases l decreases. of new rod.